ISO 3183 1 Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries Steel Pipe

I I

IS0 3183-I

INTERNATIOFJAL STANDARD

Second edition 1996-09-I 5

-

Part 1: Pipes of requirement class A Industries du p&role et du gaz nature/ Conditions techniques de livraison -

Tubes en acier pour conduites -

Partie 1: Tubes de la classe d’exigences A

Reference number IS0 3183-I :I 996(E)

Copyright International Organization for Standardization Provided by IHS under license with ISO No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=Aramco HQ/9980755100 Not for Resale, 04/12/2006 02:18:28 MDT

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Petroleum and natural gas industries Steel pipe for pipelines - Technical delivery conditions -

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

Contents Page ........................................................................................................................

iv

....................................................................................................................

V

1

Scope ....................................................................................................................

1

2

Normative

3 3.1 3.2

............................................................................................................ Definitions ................................................................................................................. General Welding processes, pipes and welds .................................................................

4

Designation

5

Information

6 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6

...................................................................................................... Manufacturing ............................................................................................ Pipe manufacturing Cold expansion .................................................................................................... Material .................................................................................................................. ..................................................................................................... Heat treatment Strip end welds - helical seam pipe ................................................................... Traceability ...........................................................................................................

6 6 7 7 7 7

7 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6

....................................................................................................... Requirements General ................................................................................................................. ........................................................................................ Chemical composition Mechanical properties ......................................................................................... ................................................................................. Metallurgical requirements Appearance, imperfections and defects ............................................................ Dimensions, masses and tolerances .................................................................

8 8 8

8 8.1 8.2 8.3 a.4 8.5 8.6 8.7

Testing and inspection ........................................................................................ Type of documents on inspection and testing ................................................. Purchaser inspection ........................................................................................... Retention of records ............................................................................................ ....................................................................... Testing of chemical composition ................................ Testing of mechanical and technological characteristics Hydrostatic test .................................................................................................... .................................................................... Dimensional testing and weighing

Foreword Introduction

references

..........................................................................................

......................................................................................................... to be supplied

by the purchaser

...................................................

0 IS0 1996 All rights reserved. Unless otherwise specified, no part of this publication reproduced or utilized in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, photocopying and microfilm, without permission in writing from the publisher.

may be including

Ir.;ernational Organization for Standardization Case Postale 56. CH-1211 Geneve 20 l Switzerland i’rinted

in Switzerland

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

ii



1 3 3 3

4 5

7

10 12 12 12 43 43 43 43 44 45

49 49

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

8.8 8.9 8.10 8.11 8.12

............................................................................................ Visual examination testing .................................................................................... Non-destructive and results ................................................................................. Test methods tests ...................... of chemical, mechanical and technological Invalidation ............................................................................................................... Re-tests

49 50 50 68 68

9 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 9.6 9.7 9.8 9.9 9.10

Marking of pipes and pipe couplings .............................................................. General ............................................................................................................... Location of marking .......................................................................................... Sequence of markings ...................................................................................... ......................................................................................... Bundle identification Length ................................................................................................................ Couplings ........................................................................................................... Die stamping ...................................................................................................... ......................................................................................... Thread identification ........................................................................................... Thread certification Pipe processor markings ..................................................................................

70 70 70 71 72 73 73 73 73 73 73

IO

Protective

............................................................................................

coatings

74

Annexes for welded

jointers

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

A

Specification

B

Repair welding

C

Couplings

D

Supplementary

E

Guided bend test jig dimensions

F

Purchaser

G

Workmanship,

H

Comparison

J

Main differences

K

Bibliography

procedure

....................................................................

...............................................................................

.......................................................................................................... requirements

inspection

81 83

....................................................................

92

and repair of defects

of steel grade designations between

76

.........................................................................

.......................................................................................

visual inspection

75

................................

.......................................................

IS0 3183-1 and ANSI/API

102 103 108

Spec. 5L 111 .............. .I09

.....................................................................................................

111

... III Copyright International Organization for Standardization Provided by IHS under license with ISO No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS


IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

Foreword IS0 (International Organization for Standardization) is a worldwide federation of national standard bodies (IS0 member bodies). The work of preparing International Standards is normally carried out through IS0 technical committees. Each member body interested in a subject for which a technical committee has been established has the right to International organizations, be represented on that committee. governmental and non-governmental, in liaison with ISO, also take part in the work. IS0 collaborates closely with the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) on all matters of electrotechnical standardization. Draft International Standards adopted by the technical committees are circulated to the member bodies for voting. Publication as an International Standard requires approval by at least 75 % of the member bodies casting a vote. International Standard IS0 3183-1 was prepared by Technical Committee ISO/TC 67 Materials, equipment and offshore structures for petroleum and natural gas industries, Subcommittee SC 1, Line pipe, on the basis of the American National Standard ANSI/API Spec. 5L Ill, structured in accordance with the IS0 rules and aligned with IS0 3183, part 2 as far as possible. It replaces revision.

partly

IS0 3183:1980

IS0 3183 consists

of the following

of which

Part 1: Pipes of requirement Part 2: Pipes of requirement Part 3: Pipes of requirement

Annexes

A to G form an integral

Annexes

H to K are for information

a technical

parts under the general title

Petroleum and natural gas industries Technical delivery conditions -

it constitutes

- Steel pipe

for pipelines

-

class A class B class C part of this part of IS0 3183. only.

iv



--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

0 IS0

0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

Introduction In the preparation of this International Standard the competent committee was unanimous in seeking to avoid specifying the quality of line pipe to be used for a particular application. However, the committee recognized that there are several broad quality levels commonly used, and has differentiated between these quality levels as follows: Firstly, the committee recognized the need to provide a basic level which corresponds to that specified in ANSI/API Spec. 5L is designated requirement class A and considered in this IS0 3183. The main differences between ANSI/API Spec. IS0 3183-1 are listed in annex J.

quality [I 1. This part of 5L and

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Secondly, many purchasers impose requirements different from, or additional to, the basic standard. This approach is common, for example, for transmission pipelines. Such overall enhanced requirements are addressed in requirement class B and considered in Part 2 of IS0 3183.

Thirdly, there are certain particularly demanding applications where very stringent requirements on quality and testing are imposed. Such requirements are reflected in requirement class C and considered in Part 3 of IS0 3183. The selection of the requirement class depends on many factors. The properties of the fluid to be conveyed, the service conditions, design code and any statutory requirements should all be taken into consideration. Therefore, this International Standard gives no detailed guidelines. It is the ultimate responsibility of the user to select the appropriate requirement class for the intended application.


V Licensee=Aramco HQ/9980755100 Not for Resale, 04/12/2006 02:18:28 MDT

INTERNATIONAL

STANDARD

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 Is0

Petroleum and natural gas industries Technical delivery conditions Part 1: Pipes of requirement class A

1

- Steel pipe for pipelines

-

Scope

This part of IS0 3183 specifies the technical delivery conditions for seamless and welded pipe of non-alloy and alloy (except stainless) steels with the basic quality and testing requirements (level A), which are intended for the transmission and distribution of combustible and non-combustible fluids (including water) in the petroleum and natural gas industries. This part of IS0 3183 includes threaded plain-end, special plain-end, extra-strong and spigot pipe.

and extra-strong threaded line pipe; and plain-end, regular-mass plain-end and double-extra-strong plain-end pipe; as well as bell

Dimensional requirements on threads and thread gauges, stipulations on gauging practice, gauge specifications and certification, as well as instruments and methods for inspection of threads are given in IS0 10422 and are applicable to products covered by this part of IS0 3183.

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Grades covered by this part of IS0 3183 are L175, L210, L245, L290, L320, L360, L390, L415, L450, L485, L555, grades intermediate to the grades L290 and higher, listed in table 2. For regular-mass and special plain-end pipe (special mass) as shown in tables 8 and 9 and for threaded pipe larger than nominal size 12 (see table 6) the size designations used herein are outside-diameter sizes. For all other pipe, the size designations are nominal pipe sizes. Where pipe size limits (or size ranges) are given, these are outside-diameter sizes except when it is stated that they are nominal. These outsidediameter size limits and ranges apply also to the corresponding nominal sizes (see 7.6). NOTE 1 Attention

2

Normative

is drawn to the definition

for seamless

pipe in 3.2.2.1.

references

The following standards contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute provisions of this part of IS0 3183. At the time of publication, the editions indicated were valid. All standards are subject to revision, and parties to agreements based on this part of IS0 3183 are encouraged to investigate the possibility of applying the most recent editions of the standards indicated below. Members of IS0 and IEC maintain registers of currently valid International Standards. IS0 404:1992,

Steel and steel products


- General technical

delivery

requirements.


0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

IS0 1027:1983, identification.

Radiographic

image

IS0 2566-l :1984, Steel - Conversion --``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

IS0 4200:1991, per unit length.

quality

of elongation

Plain end steel tubes, welded

IS0 4948-1:1982, Steels - Classification based on chemical composition. ISO/TR 4949:1989,

indicators

for

non-destructive

and

and seamless

- General

tables of dimensions

of steels into unalloyed

and masses

and alloy steels

Steel names based on letter symbols.

IS0 6892:1984,

Metallic

IS0 6929:1987,

Steel products

IS0 7500-1:1986, testing machines.

materials

Metallic

of ends of tubes and fittings

- Definitions

materials

and classification.

- Verification

of static

uniaxial

Metallic

materials

- Tube (in full section) - Bend test.

IS0 8492:1986,

Metallic

materials

- Tube -Flattening

Steel and steel products Bulletin

Recommended

API RP 5L3-1996, API Std 1104-I 994,

Welding

ASTM A 29, Recommended in specified limiting values.

- Inspection

on thread compounds practice

practice

and definitions

ASTM A 751:1990,

Test methods,

practices

ASTM E 83:1990,

Method

Boiler and pressure

for load verification of verification

gauging

1: Tensile

and thread

inspection

drop-weight

and line pipe. tear tests on line pipe.

which places of figures

for mechanical

and terminology

for chemical

of testing machines.

and classification

are to be considered

significant

testing of steel products.

of extensometers.

vessel code, Section IX.

2


- Part

documents.

for casing, tubing,

for indicating

Test methods

Practices

machines

and related facilities.

ASTM A 370:1989,

ASTM E 4:1989,

- Threading,

for conducting

of pipelines

testing

test.

IS0 10422:1993, Petroleum and natural gas industries casing, tubing and line pipe threads - Specification.

API Bull 5A2-1992,

for welding.

- Tensile testing.

IS0 8491:1986,

ASME,

- Principles

values - Part 1: Carbon and low alloy steels.

- Part 1: Classification

IS0 6761: 1981, Steel tubes - Preparation

IS0 10474:1991,

testing


analysis

of steel products.

of

0 IS0

3

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

Definitions

3.1

General

For the purpose of this part of IS0 3183 the definitions from those given in IS0 6929 for steel products. Moreover,

within

in 3.2 shall apply when

additional

to or differing

this part of IS0 3183:

-

The term manufacturer refers to the firm, company or corporation responsible for marking the product to warrant that the product conforms to the standard. The manufacturer may be either a pipe mill, a processor, a maker of couplings or a threader as applicable. The manufacturer is responsible for compliance with all of the applicable provisions of the standard.

-

The term pipe mill refers to the firm, company

-

The term processor refers to the firm, company treating pipe made by a pipe mill.

3.2

Welding

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

3.2.1

Welding

3.2.1.1

Without

processes,

or corporation or corporation

that operates

that operates

facilities

capable

of heat

pipes and welds

process filler metal

(a)

continuous welding: pressing the formed provide a continuous

(b)

electric-welding: Process of forming a seam by electric-resistance wherein the edges to be welded are mechanically pressed together generated by the resistance to flow of electric current.

3.2.1.2

pipe making facilities.

Process of forming a seam by heating the strip in a furnace and mechanically edges together, wherein successive coils of strip had been joined together to flow of steel for the welding mill. (This process is a type of butt-welding.) or electric-induction welding and the heat for welding is

With filler metal

(a)

submerged arc-welding: Welding process that produces coalescence of metals by heating them with an arc or arcs between bare metal consumable electrode or electrodes and the work. The arc and molten metal are shielded by a blanket of granular, fusible material on the work. Pressure is not used, and part or all of the filler metal is obtained from the electrode(s).

(b)

gas metal arc-welding: Welding process that produces coalescence of metals by heating them with an arc or arcs between a continuous consumable electrode and the work. Shielding is obtained entirely from an externally supplied gas or gas mixture. Pressure is not used, and the filler metal is obtained from the electrode.

3.2.2

Types of pipe

3.2.2.1 seamless pipe: Tubular product without a welded seam, manufactured which may be followed by cold finishing to obtain the desired shape, dimensions

in a hot forming and properties.

process

NOTE 2 Cast pipes are not covered by IS0 3183. 3.2.2.2 welding

continuous welded pipe: Pipe having one longitudinal seam produced process defined in 3.2.1.1 (a). (This type of pipe is a type of butt-welded pipe.)

3.2.2.3 electric-welded pipe: process defined in 3.2.1.1 (b).


Pipe

having

one

longitudinal

seam

produced

by the

by the

continuous

electric-welding

3 Licensee=Aramco HQ/9980755100 Not for Resale, 04/12/2006 02:18:28 MDT

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

3.2.2.4 longitudinal seam submerged arc-welded pipe: Pipe having the automatic submerged arc-welding process defined in 3.2.1.2 (a).

one longitudinal

3.2.2.5 gas metal arc-welded pipe: Pipe having one longitudinal continuous gas metal arc-welding process defined in 3.2.1.2 (b).

or helical

3.2.2.6 combination gas metal arc- and submerged helical seam produced by a combination of the welding

arc-welded processes

seam produced

seam

produced

by

by the

pipe: Pipe having one longitudinal defined in 3.2.1.2 (a) and 3.2.1.2 (b)

or

3.2.2.7 double seam submerged-arc welded pipe: Pipe having two longitudinal automatic submerged-arc welding process defined in 3.2.1.2 (a).

seams produced

by the

3.2.2.8 double seam gas metal arc-welded pipe: Pipe having gas metal arc-welding process defined in 3.2.1.2 (b).

seams

by the

two longitudinal

3.2.2.9 double seam combination gas metal arc- and submerged arc-welded longitudinal seams produced by a combination of the welding processes defined lb). 3.2.2.10 helical seam submerged automatic submerged arc-welding weld pipe.) 3.2.3

arc-welded pipe: Pipe having one helical seam produced by the process defined in 3.2.1.2 (a). (This type of pipe is also known as spiral

Longitudinal

3.2.3.2 submerged arc-weld: process defined in 3.2.1.2 (a).

seam

Longitudinal

weld

produced

by the

3.2.3.4

strip/skelp

3.2.3.5

jointer

3.2.3.6

tack weld:

end weld:

weld:

Imperfections

electric-welding

or helical seam weld produced

3.2.3.3 gas metal arc-weld: Longitudinal seam weld produced metal arc-welding process defined in 3.2.1.2 (b).

in whole

process

by the submerged

defined

in

h I* ! 5, I. i

arc-welding

or in part by the continuous

gas

seam weld that joins two pieces of pipe together.

Seam weld used to align the abutting

edges until the final seam welds are produced.

and defects is a discontinuity

3.2.4.2 A “defect” is an imperfection accordance with this part of IS0 3183.

or irregularity

of sufficient

in the product

magnitude

detected

to preclude

by methods

acceptance

outlined

in

of the product

in

Designation

The steels specified

in this part of IS0 3183 are designated

as shown in table 2 differing

NOTE 3 In annex H a comparison of these steel designations with those specified in ANSI/API

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

4 Copyright International Organization for Standardization Provided by IHS under license with ISO No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS


! t, 1 1

Seam weld that joins plate or strip ends together.

Circumferential

3.2.4.1 An “imperfection” this part of IS0 3183.

4

pipe: Pipe having two in 3.2.1.2 (a) and 3.2.1.2

Types of seam welds

3.2.3.1 electric-weld: 3.2.1 .I (b).

3.2.4

produced

from ISO/TR 4949. Spec 5L [II is given.

0 IS0

5

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

Information

to be supplied

by the purchaser

In placing orders for line pipe to be manufactured in accordance should specify the following on the purchase order:

with this part of IS0 3183 the purchaser

IS0 3183-1

.................................................................................... Specification Quantity ............................................................................................ Grade or class .................................................................................. Type of pipe .....................................................................................

tables 2 and 3 3.2.2

Size Nominal size Threaded pipe ....................................................................... Extra-strong threaded pipe .................................................. Plain-end pipe ....................................................................... Extra-strong plain-end pipe ................................................. Double-extra-strong plain-end pipe ....................................

table table table table table

6 7 8 8 8

Outside diameter Regular-mass plain-end pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 8 Special plain-end pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table 8 Mass per metre or wall thickness .................................................. Nominal length ................................................................................ End finish ......................................................................................... ....................................... Delivery date and shipping instructions

The purchaser should also state stipulations, which are optional:

on the

purchase

order

7.6.1, 7.6.3 7.6.5 7.6.9

his requirements

concerning

................................................................................................ Document of compliance Chemical analysis test reports ........................................................................................ on jointers ..................... Acceptance and maximum allowable length requirements Jointers for threaded pipe ............................................................................................... pipe .................................................................................. Threaded ends, extra-strong Alternative bevel, plain-end pipe with outside diameter > 60,3 mm .......................... Special coupling pipe ends ............................................................................................. Power-tight make-up ....................................................................................................... inspection for laminations ..................................................... Special non-destructive Defect repair procedures ................................................................................................. Bare pipe - special coatings ............................................................................................ Method of welding jointers ............................................................................................. Purchaser inspection .......................................................................................................

Attention parties:

is called to the following

stipulations

which

are subject

to agreement

Strip end welds ................................................................................................... ........................................................................................ Chemical composition Intermediate grades ............................................................................................ .................................................................................. Flattening test orientation Intermediate diameters ...................................................................................... Intermediate wall thickness ............................................................................... requirements ............................................................................ Supplementary

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



the following

8.1.1 8.1.2 7.6.7 7.6.7 7.6.9.1 7.6.9.3 7.6.9.5 7.6.9.2 G.3.9 G.6, G.7, G.8 10 annex A annex F

between

the interested

6.5 7.2.1. 1, 7.2.1, 7.3.2, table B.l 8.5.2.2, figure 3 7.6.2 7.6.3 annex D

5

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

NDT electric welds .............................................................................................. NDT seamless pipe ............................................................................................. hydrostatic test ......................................................................... Supplementary Hydrostatic test pressure .................................................................................... Lengths applied to carloads ............................................................................... length and length tolerances ...................................................... Nonstandard ............................................................................................... Welded couplings Thread protectors ................................................................................................ pipe ............................................................ Repair of welds of electric-welded ........................................................................................ Marking requirements This information

should

preferably

be given in the way indicated

8.9, SR7 8.9, SR2 8.10.9.4 8.10.9.3 7.6.8.6, table 11 7.6.5 c.1 7.6.9 8.10.11.3.4, G.5 b) 9.2, 9.3, 9.7

in the following

example.

EXAMPLE Delivery of 1 500 m regular-mass plain-end pipe of grade L290 with an outside diameter of 457,0 mm, a wall thickness of IO,3 mm and a nominal length of 12 m (see table 111, with document of compliance. Designation

5 I, t

in the order:

1 500 m pipe IS0 3183-1-L290-457,0x10,3x12-with

document

II I

of compliance.

/

i r ;‘:

6

Manufacturing

5 k

I’

6.1

Pipe manufacturing

Pipe complying

t j,

with this part of IS0 3183 shall be subject to the limitations

specified

in table 1. i i.,

6.1.1 Electric-welded pipe in grades higher than L290, the weld seam and the entire heat affected zone shall be heat treated so as to simulate a normalizing heat treatment (see note 41, except that, by agreement between the interested parties, alternative heat treatments or combinations of heat treatment and chemical composition may be substituted. Where such substitutions are made, the manufacturer shall demonstrate the effectiveness of the method selected using a mutually agreed upon procedure, which may include, but is not necessarily limited to, hardness-testing, microstructural evaluation, or mechanical testing. For grades L290 and lower, the weld seam shall be similarly heat treated, or the pipe shall be processed in such a manner that no untempered martensite remains.

L I,’ i I I I j’ /

NOTE 4 During the manufacture of electric-welded pipe, the product is in motion through the surrounding air. Normalizing is usually defined as “cooling in still air”, hence, the phrase “to stimulate a normalizing heat treatment“ is used.

!” 1’ I

pipe, at least one pass shall be on the inside and at least

I

6.1.3 Combination gas metal arc- and submerged arc-welded pipe, the gas metal arc-welding process shall be continuous and first, and followed by the automatic submerged arc-welding process with, at least, one pass on the inside and one pass on the outside.

I

6.1.2 Longitudinal seam submerged one pass shall be on the outside.

arc-welded

6.1.4 Double seam submerged arc-welded pipe, the seams shall be approximately 180” apart. For each seam, at least one pass shall be on the inside and at least one pass shall be on the outside.

.-

:

/ i --``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

1,

6



k

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

6.1.5 Double seam gas metal arc-welded pipe, the seams shall be approximately 180” apart. seam, at least one pass shall be on the inside and at least one pass shall be on the outside.

For each

6.1.6 Double seam combination gas metal arc- and submerged arc-welded pipe, the seams shall be approximately 180” apart. For each seam, the gas metal arc-welding shall be continuous and first, and followed by the automatic submerged arc-welding process with at least one pass on the inside and one pass on the outside. 6.1.7 Tack welds shall be made by manual or semi-automatic submerged arc-welding; electric-welding; gas metal arc-welding; flux cored arc-welding; or shielded metal arc-welding using low hydrogen electrodes. Tack welds shall be removed by machining or remelted during subsequent welding of the seam. 6.1.8 Helical seam submerged pass shall be on the outside.

6.2

arc-welded

pipe, at least one pass shall be on the inside and at least one

Cold expansion

6.3

Material

The width of plate or strip used to manufacture times the pipe outside diameter.

6.4

helical seam pipe shall be not less than 0,8 or more than 3

Heat treatment

The heat with this relieved, clause 9

6.5

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Pipe complying with this part of IS0 3183, except continuous welded, shall be either non-expanded or cold expanded at the option of the manufacturer unless otherwise specified on the purchase order. Suitable provision shall be incorporated to protect the weld from contact with the internal expander during mechanical expansion.

treating process shall be performed in accordance with a documented procedure. Pipe complying part of IS0 3183 may be as rolled, normalized, normalized and tempered, subcritically stressor subcritically age-hardened; and grades L290 and higher may be quenched and tempered. (See for applicable marking requirements.)

Strip end welds - helical seam pipe

Junctions of strip end welds and helical seam welds in finished pipe shall be permitted only at distances greater than 304,8 mm from the pipe ends. By agreement between the interested parties, strip end welds shall be permitted at the pipe ends, provided there is a circumferential separation of at least 152,4 mm between the strip end weld and the helical seam weld at the applicable pipe ends. Strip end welds in finished pipe shall be properly prepared for welding and shall be made by automatic submerged arcwelding, automatic gas metal arc-welding, or a combination of such welding procedures.

6.6

Traceability

The manufacturer shall establish and follow procedures for maintaining required cast and/or lot tests are performed and conformity with standard


cast and/or requirements

lot identity until all has been shown.


IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Table 1 - Process of manufacture Grade

Type of pipe

L175 X X X

Seamless Continuous welded Electric-welded Longitudinal seam submerged arc-welded Gas metal arc-welded Combination gas metal arc- and submerged arc-welded Double seam submerged arc-welded’) Double seam gas metal arc-welded’) Double seam combination gas metal arc- and submerged arcwelded’) Helical seam submerged arc-welded2)

L210 to L555 X X X X X X X X X

1) Double seam pipe is limited to outside diameter 2 914,0 mm. 2) Helical seam pipe is limited to outside diameter 2 114,3 mm.

7 7.1

Requirements General

The requirements specified in this part of IS0 3183 apply under the conditions that the relevant specifications for sampling, test piece preparation and test methods given in 8.5.2 and 8.10 are complied with. Pipe manufactured as grade L415 or higher lower without purchaser’s approval.

7.2

Chemical

shall not be substituted

for pipe ordered

for grade

L360 or

composition

7.2.1 The composition of pipe complying with this part of IS0 3183, as determined by cast analysis for pipe other than grade L555, shall conform to the chemical requirements specified in table 2, except that, by agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer, carbon contents higher than those specified may be used. The composition of intermediate grades (higher than L290) shall conform to chemical requirements agreed upon between the interested parties, and such requirements shall be consistent with the requirements specified in table 2 for the applicable type of pipe. For grades L290 and higher, by agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer, elements other than niobium, vanadium, and titanium may be used; however, caution should be exercised in the determination of the quantity that may be present for any particular size and thickness of pipe, because the addition of such otherwise desirable elements may alter the weldability of the pipe. NOTE 5 Class II steel is rephosphorized somewhat more difficult to bend.

and probably

has better threading

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

8



properties

than Class I but may be

0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

Table 2 - Chemical Type of pipe

requirements

for cast analysisg), % by mass

Grade and class

Carbon max.‘)

Manganese min. max.

Phosphorus min. max.

Sulfur max.

0,21 0,21 0,22 0,27 0,29 0,31 0,294’ 0,26

0,30 0,30 -

0,045 -

0,030 0,030 0,030 0,030 0,030 0,030 0,030 0,030

seamless Non-expanded Non-expanded Non-expanded Non-expanded Non-expanded Non-expanded Cold expanded Non-expanded

or or or or

cold cold cold cold

expanded expanded expanded expanded

or cold expanded

L175, Cl I L175, Cl 112) L210 L2453’ L2905’ L3205’, L3605) L2905’ L3205) L3605’ L39d5) s), L4; 55’a

Non-expanded

or cold expanded

L450, L485, L555

1 -

(By agreement

0,60 0,60 0,90 I,15 I,25 I,35 I,25 I,35 between

0,030 0,080 0,030 0,030 0,030 0,030 0,030 0,030

the interested

parties.)

Nelded Electric-welded welded only Electric-welded welded only Non-expanded Non-expanded Non-expanded Non-expanded Cold expanded Non-expanded Non-expanded Non-expanded Non-expanded

or continous

L175, Cl I

0,21

0,30

0,60

-

0,030

0,030

or continous

L175, Cl 112)

0,21

0,30

0,60

0,045

0,080

0,030

0,030 0,030 0,030 0,030 0,030 0,030 0,030 0,030 0,0309’

0,030 0,030 0,030 0,030 0,030 0,030 o,o30*’ 0,030 0,0309’

or cold expanded or cold expanded or cold expanded

or or or or

cold cold cold cold

expanded expanded expanded expanded

L210 L245” L2905’ L3205’, L3605) L3205’, L3605) L3905) s), L4155) 6, L4505’ 7’ L4856’ L5559’

0,21 0,26 0,28 0,30 0,28 0,26 0,26 0,23*) 0,18*’ g’

-

0,90 I,15 I,25 I,25 I,25 I,35 I,40 1,60*) 1 I 808) 9

-

1) For grades L290 to L450 for each reduction of 0,Ol % below the specified maximum carbon content, an increase of 0,05 % above the specified maximum manganese content is permissible, up to a maximum of I,45 % for L360 and lower and up to a maximum of I,60 % for grades higher than L360. 2) Class II steel is rephosphorized. (See 7.2.1 for note on bending and threading properties.) 3) Niobium, vanadium, titanium, or combinations thereof, may be used by agreement between the interested parties. 4) For cold expanded seamless pipe with 2 508 mm outside diameter, the maximum carbon content shall be 0,28 %. 5) Niobium, vanadium, titanium, or combinations thereof, may be used at the discretion of the manufacturer. 5) Other chemical compositions may be furnished by agreement between the interested parties. 7) For grade L450 welded pipe with 2 406,4 mm outside diameter with a wall thickness of 12,7 mm or less, the chemical composition shall be as shown or as agreed upon between the interested parties; for all other outside diameters and wall thicknesses of such pipe, the chemical composition shall be as agreed upon between the interested parties. B) For each reduction of 0,Ol % below the specified maximum carbon content, an increase of 0,05 % above the specified maximum manganese content is permissible, up to a maximum of 2,00 %. 9) For grade L555, limits are for product analysis only, thereby eliminating the need for product analysis tolerances in 7.2.2.

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



0 IS0

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

7.2.2 The product analysis shall conform following permissible variations for product in table 2 are for product analysis:

to the chemical requirements shown in table 2, within the analysis, except for grade L555 pipe where the requirements

Carbon, %: Seamless pipe All non-expanded and cold expanded outside diameter c 508 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cold expanded 508 mm outside diameter and larger in grades L290 and higher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

+ 0,03 + 0,04

pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..*.................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

+ 0,04

Welded Manganese,

%:

All grades up to L240 ......................................................................................................................... Where minimum is specified ............................................................................................................ Grade L290 and higher ...................................................................................................................... Phosphorus, %: .................................................................................................................................. Where minimum is specified ............................................................................................................ Sulfur, %: ............................................................................................................................................

7.3

Mechanical

7.3.1

Acceptance

7.3.2

0,05 0,05 0,lO 0,Ol 0,Ol 0,Ol

properties criteria

These shall be in conformity -

+ + + +

with the requirements

of

tensile test in 8.10.2; flattening test in 8.10.3; bend test in 8.10.4; guided-bend test in 8.10.5; weld ductility test in 8.10.6; fracture toughness test in 8.10.7; hydrostatic test in 8.10.9. Requirements

for tensile

strength

Grades L175, L210, L245, L290, L320, L360, L390, L415, L 450, L485 and L555 shall conform to the tensile requirements specified in table 3. Other grades intermediate to the listed grades between L290 and L555 shall conform to tensile requirements agreed upon between the interested parties, which requirements shall be consistent with those specified in table 3. For cold expanded pipe, the ratio of body yield strength and body ultimate tensile strength shall not exceed 0,93. The yield strength shall be the tensile stress required to produce a total elongation of 0,5 % of the gauge length as determined by an extensometer.

1 I I 1 /I i s ;i 1 h i 1 j 1I 1 1; i[ 1I

1 1I /E t

!I / I

10



/k I i! I

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Table 3 - Tensile requirements

1) These values apply to transverse specimens taken from the pipe body. When longitudinal specimens are tested (see figure 4) the values of elongation shall be 2 units higher.

Requirements

for fracture

For grade L555, the following

toughness

fracture

toughness

requirements

Table 4 - SR3 mandatory Minimum

impact

energy

toughness

Minimum

impact

70

energy at 0 “C

Minimum

based on

DVVlT shear area at 0 “C

I

% Average of 2 specimens from one cast all cast averages

27

60

For grades lower than L555 optional tests can be specified SR3 or SR4 or any combination of these.


40

SR3B and SR4 mandatory toughness requirements Charpy and drop weight tear tests

J Average of 3 specimens all cast averages from one cast I 68

shear area at 0 “C

% Average of 3 specimens from one cast all cast averages

27

Table 5 - Optional

for all diameters.

requirements Minimum

at 0 “C

J Average of 3 specimens all cast averages from one cast 68

are mandatory

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

7.3.3

by the purchaser

I

40

in accordance

with annex D,


0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

7.4

Metallurgical

requirement

For grades higher than L290, full body normalized pipe excluded, compliance with the requirement of 6.1.1 that the entire heat affected zone be heat treated shall be demonstrated by metallographic examinations of a weld cross-section.

7.5

Appearance,

imperfections

7.51

For workmanship,

7.5.2

For the acceptance

7.6

Dimensions,

and defects

visual inspection

and repair of defects annex G applies.

limits for non-destructive

inspection

I1/ 1 / t1 s

8.10.11 applies.

masses and tolerances

7.6.1 General-Dimensions and masses: Line pipe shall be made in the outside diameters, wall thicknesses, and masses provided in tables 6, 7, 8 and 9 and in 7.6.2 and 7.6.3, respectively or in the relevant dimensions and masses given in IS0 4200, as specified on the purchase order. The plain-end M=

mass M shall be calculated

(D-T)xTx0,024

using the following

I/ [ II i 1 1 1 I

formula:

6615

where

T

is the mass per unit length, in kilograms per metre, rounded to the nearest 0,Ol kg/m; is the outside diameter, in millimetres, rounded to the nearest 0,l mm for sizes < 457,0 mm, and 1 mm for sizes 2 457,0 mm; is the specified wall thickness, in millimetres, rounded to the nearest 0,l mm.

The coefficient 7.6.2

takes into account a density equal to 7,85 kg/dm3.

Diameter

The outside diameter shall be within the tolerances specified in 7.6.8.1 (inside diameters are governed by the outside diameter and mass tolerances). Pipe in grades L290 and higher with outside diameters intermediate to those listed in table 9 is available in outside diameters 2 508,O mm by agreement between the interested parties. Such pipe shall be consistent with all requirements of this part of IS0 3183 and shall be marked with the specified outside diameter. For threaded pipe, the outside diameter at the threaded ends shall be such that the thread length L4 and the number of full-crest threads in that length are within the dimensions and tolerances specified in IS0 10422 (inside diameters are governed by the outside diameter and mass tolerances). 7.6.3

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

M D

II IE 1 !I

Wall thickness

The wall thickness at any place shall be within shall not be limited by the plus tolerance.

the tolerances

specified

in 7.6.8.4 except that the weld area

8

Pipe with wall thicknesses intermediate to those listed in tables 8 and 9 is available by agreement between the interested parties. Such pipe shall be consistent with all requirements of this part of IS0 3183 and shall be marked in accordance with clause 9 using the specified wall thickness to calculate M .

12



IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

7.6.4

Mass

The masses determined as described in 8.10.10.3 shall conform to the specified masses or calculated masses for plain-end pipe, or to the specified calculated masses (or adjusted calculated masses) for threaded-and-coupled pipe, within the tolerances specified in 7.6.8.5. Calculated M,

masses shall be determined

= (MXL)

in accordance

with the following

formula:

+ c&j

where is is is is

the the the the

For plain-end

7.6.5

calculated mass of a pipe of length L, in kilograms; plain-end mass per unit length, in kilograms per metre; length of pipe, including end finish, as defined in 7.6.5 and 8.10.10.4, in metres; mass gain or loss due to end finishing, in kilograms. pipe, eM equals zero.

Length

Unless otherwise agreed upon between the interested parties, and within the length tolerances shown in table 11, as specified 7.6.6

pipe shall be made in the nominal on the purchase order.

lengths

Straightness

Pipe in grades L175, L210 and L245 of an outside diameter less than 114,3 mm shall be reasonably For all other pipe the deviation from a straight line shall not exceed 0,2 percent of the length. 7.6.7

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

M, M L eM

straight.

Jointers

When specified on the purchase order, jointers (two lengths of pipe coupled together by the manufacturer, or two lengths of pipe welded together by the manufacturer in accordance with the requirements of annex A or other equivalent method as agreed between the interested parties), may be provided; however, no length used in making a jointer shall be shorter than 1 520 mm. Double joints are not within the purview of this part of IS0 3183. Double joints are defined as two or more lengths of pipe welded together by parties other than the manufacturer, or two or more lengths welded together by the manufacturer in accordance with requirements other than those of annex A.



IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Table 6 - Threaded

line pipe dimensions,

masses and test pressures

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

1 ,

I

I

I

i i j I i

k

1 [

1

; i: t f i r 1 i,

i

I) Nominal masses, threads and coupling are shown for the purpose of identification in ordering. 2) Mass gain due to end finishing. See 7.6.4. 3) The test pressures have been calculated on the basis of the formula in 8.10.9.3 for standard test pressure those for grades L175 (all values) and L210/L245 (up to nominal size 2) which were established arbitrarily. 4) 100 kPa = 1 bar.

;

except 1 !:

Trianglestamp keenote)

I I i //

-D

I I

,’ i

Basic power-tight make-up

Hand-tight make-up /

(See table

6 for pipe dimensions,

table

C.l for coupling

dimensions

and IS0

Figure 1 - Line pipe and coupling

10422 for thread

details.) i i 8.

j

14



i i

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Table

7 - Extra-strong

threaded

line pipe

dimensions,

masses

and test

pressures

T-

Nominal size designation

118 l/4 318

I/2 314 1

1 1 2 2 3 3 4

II4 l/2 l/2 l/2

5

6 8 10 12

Uominal mass designation, threads and coupling’)

Outside diameter

'1

Wall thickness

Minimum

test pressure2) Grade

D

T

mm IO,3

mm

0,31 0.54 0.74 I,09 I,48 2,18 3,02 3,66 5,07 7.73 10133 12,63 15,17 21,09 28,89 43,90 55,82 66,7 1

13,7 17,l 21,3 26,7 33,4 42,2 48,3 60,3 73.0 88,9 101,6 114,3 141,3 168,3 219,l 273,0 323,8

L175

1

L210

1 L245

100 kPa3)

2,4 3.0 312 3,7

33 4,5

43 5,l 5,5 7.0 7;6 8.1 816 93 II,0 12,7 12,7 12,7

1) Nominal masses, threads and coupling are shown for the purpose of identification in ordering. 2) Test pressures established arbitrarily. For grades L210 and L245 (nominal size 2 2Y2) the values have been calculated on the basis of the formula in 8.10.9.3 for standard test pressure. 3) 100 kPa = 1 bar.

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



15

0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

Table 8 - Plain-end

line pipe dimensions’),

masses and test pressures2)

L175

1 L210

1) Outside diameter and wall thickness dimensions shown are subject to tolerances as described Inside diameters are nominal and are given here for information (see 7.6.2). 2) Test pressures apply to the standard grades. For pressures applicable for other grades see 8.10.9.3. 3) Test pressures established arbitrarily. 4) 100 kPa = 1 bar.

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

16



1 L245

in 7.6.8.


(to be ordered

according

to outside

diameter)

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Table 9 - Plain-end

line pipe dimensionsl),

2 718 3 l/23’

13,69

73,0

14,0

45,0

96

172

172

207

207

207

207

207

207

207

207

3,03

88,9

84,7

41

60

69

82x

91x

102x

111x

118x

128x

137x

157x

3 I/23’

3,95

88,9

ZJ 2.8

83,3

55

79

93

110x

121x

136x

147x

157x

170x

183x

207

I) Outside diameter and wall thickness dimensions shown are subject to tolerances as described in 7.6.8. Inside diameters are nominal and are given here for information (see 7.6.2). 2) Test pressures apply to the standard grades. For pressures applicable for other grades see 8.10.9.3. 3) These sizes are special plain-end mass sizes. All other sizes are regular-mass, see 7.6.8 for applicable mass tolerances. For grades L 290 and higher masses intermediate to regular-masses shall be considered regular-mass; masses intermediate to special-plain-end masses and masses intermediate between the heaviest tabulated specialplain-end masses and the highest regular-masses shall be considered special-plain-end mass. 4) The test pressures have been calculated on the basis of the formula in 8.10.9.3 as standard test pressure considering specified maximum values (see table 15). Sizes for which an alternative test pressure (1,25x standard test pressure, rounded to the next higher 100 kPA with maximum values to be considered) may be requested are marked by ‘x” after the standard test pressure. L175 values were established arbitrarily. 5) 100 kPA = 1 bar



Table

9 (continuedl-

Designation Size Mass M

Outside diameter D

Plain-end Wall thickness T

line pipe Inside diameter d

dimensions’),

masses

and test

pressures*’ Minimum

L175

1 L210

1 L245

1 L290

1 L320

(to be ordered test pressure4), (

L360

according

to outside

diameter)

100 kPa5)

1 L390

1 L415

1 L450

1 L485

207 207 138x

j

207

1

1) Outside diameter and wall thickness dimensions shown are subject to tolerances as described in 7.6.8. Inside diameters are nominal and are given here for information (see 7.6.2). ~2) Test pressures apply to the standard grades. For pressures applicable for other grades see 8.10.9.3. 3) These sizes are special plain-end mass sizes. All other sizes are regular-mass, see 7.6.8 for applicable mass tolerances. For grades L 290 and higher masses intermediate to regular-masses shall be considered regular-mass; masses intermediate to special-plain-end masses and masses intermediate between the heaviest tabulated specialplain-end masses and the highest regular-masses shall be considered special-plain-end mass. 4) The test pressures have been calculated on the basis of the formula in 8.10.9.3 as standard test pressure considering specified maximum values (see table 15). Sizes for which an alternative test pressure (1,25x standard test pressure, rounded to the next higher 100 kPA with maximum values to be considered) may be requested are marked by .x. after the standard test pressure. L175 values were established arbitrarily. 5) lOOkPA=l bar



--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

207 207

Table

9 (continued)

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


I 4 l/2 4 l/2

1 1

7,95 8.66

- Plain-end

Outside diameter D

mm

1

mm

1

mm

1

1 t

4.4 4.8

1 1

105,5 104.7

1 1

9,32

114,3 114,3

4 l/2

I 1

12,66

114,3 114.3

52 5.6 I i

114.3

6,0 6.4

I I

7,l

masses

and test

(to be ordered

pressure$ Minimum

114,3 114.3

IO,01 10.79 11.35

Inside diameter d

Wall thickness T

1 1

4 l/2 1 1

dimensions’),

(

4 l/2 4 l/2 4 l/2

line pipe

L175

/

L210

83

1 1

97 106

1 L245

/

L290

j

L320

1 1

1 1

134x 146x

1 1

148x 161x

test pressure4), /

L360

according

1 L390

I 113 123

1 1

166x 181x

1 1

1

180x 197x

-

115

134

158x

175x

197x

207

103,l

83

123

144

170x

190x

207

207

I I

100,l

83 -

I

132

I

154

I

183x

j

202x

j

207

j

1

141

1

165

1

195x

j

207

j

207

j

-

157

183

207

207

207

207 207 207

4 l/2

13.96

114,3

73

98.5

-

174

193

207

207

207

207

4 l/2 4 l/2

14,98 19,oo

114,3 114,3

8,6 II,1

97,1 92,1

117 -

190 193

193 193

207 207

207 207

207 207

207 207

-

193

193

207

207

207

207

-

193 37

193 44

207 52x

207 57x

207 64x

207 70x

4 l/2

22,51

114,3

13,5

87,3

4 l/2 5 9/l 63’

27,54 4,86

114,3 141,3

17,l

80,l 137,l

1 5 9/l63’ 5 9/l 63’

1

7,26 9,Ol

1

141.3

z1 1

3.2

1

134.9

1

diameter)

100 I

103.9 102,3 101.5

to outside

48

141.3

4,O

133.3

59

1

57

1

71

67 83

1

79x 99x

1

87x 109x

1

98x 122x

1

106x 132x

113x 141x

1

122x

1

153x

132x

1

185x

151x

5 9/l 63’

IO,79

141,3

71

96

100

118x

130x

147x

159x

169x

12,50

141,3

48 56

131,7

5 9/l 63’

130,l

83

100

117

138x

152x

171x

186x

197x

1

207

1

207

1

207

5 9/l63’

14.62

141.3

6.6

128,l

98

118

137

163x

179x

202x

207

207

1

207

1

207

1

207

5 9/l 63’

15,85

141,3

7,l

127,l

108

127

148

175x

193x

207

207 207 207

1

207

1

207

1

207

5 9/l 63’

17,50

141,3

7,9

125,5

117

141

164

195x

207

207

5 9/I 63’

19.17

141,3

8,7

123,9

129

155

181

207

207

207

207

5 9116 5 9/l 63’

20,78 27.04

141,3 141.3

93 12.7

122,3 115.9

141 189

169 193

193 193

207 207

207 207

207 207

207 207

5 9/l 63’

32,96

141,3

15.9

109,5

193

193

193

207

207

207

207

5 9116

38,55

141,3

19.1

103,l

193

193

193

207

207

207

207

183x

198x

207

1) Outside diameter and wall thickness dimensions shown are subject to tolerances as described in 7.6.8. Inside diameters are nominal and are given here for informatior (see 7.6.2). 2) Test pressures apply to the standard grades. For pressures applicable for other grades see 8.10.9.3. 3) These sizes are special plain-end mass sizes. All other sizes are regular-mass, see 7.6.8 for applicable mass tolerances. For grades L 290 and higher masses intermediate to regular-masses shall be considered regular-mass; masses intermediate to special-plain-end masses and masses intermediate between the heaviest tabulated special. plain-end masses and the highest regular-masses shall be considered special-plain-end mass. 4) The test pressures have been calculated on the basis of the formula in 8.10.9.3 as standard test pressure considering specified maximum values (see table 15). Sizes for which an alternative test pressure (1,25x standard test pressure, rounded to the next higher 100 kPA with maximum values to be considered) may be requested are marked by .x” after the standard test pressure. L175 values were established arbitrarily. 5) 100 kPA= 1 bar



1

189x

1

9 (continued)

- Plain-end


Outside diameter

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

5/83’ 5/83’ 5/83’ 5/83’ 5/83’ 518 518 518 518 518 518 518 518 518 518 518 518 518 518 518 518

5,80 7,59 8,88 9,76 IO,78 II,85 12,92 13,92 14,98 17,02 18,97 21,04 23,08 25,03 28,57 32,7 1 38,39 40,05 45,35 47,06 53,73

D mm 168,3 168,3 168,3 168,3 168.3 168.3 168,3 168,3 168,3 168,3 168,3 168,3 168,3 168,3 168,3 168,3 168,3 168,3 168,3 168,3 168,3

; 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

g:i 518 518 518 518 518 518 518 518

II,35 14,ll 16,94 18,26 19,66 22,36 24,70 27,70 28,55 30,42

219,l 219,l 219,l 219.1 219,l 219,l 219,l 219,l 219,l

line pipe

Wall thickness T

mm z1 23 32 33 4,O 4,4

48 52 56 64 7.1 789

887 93 II,0 12,7 14,3 15,9 18,3 19,l 22,2

32 4,O 4,8

52 56 64 7,O 73

82 8,7

dimensions’),

inside diameter d

masses

and test

pressures*) Minimum

(to be ordered

according

to outside

diameter)

100 kPa5)

test pressure4),

L2106’

L245’j)

L290

L320

L360

L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

mm 164,l 162,7 161,9 161,l 160,3 159,5 158,7 157,9 157,l 155,5 154,l 152,5 150,9 149.3 146,3 142,9 139,7 136,5 131,7 130,l 123,9

31 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 96 106 118 130 142 165 190 193 193 193 193 193

37 49 56 63 70 77 84 91 98 112 124 138 152 166 192 193 193 193 193 193 193

54 72 83 93 103 114 124 134 145 165 184 204 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

60 80 91 103 114 125 137 148 160 183 202 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

67 90 103 116 128 141 154 167 180 205 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

73 97 111 125 139 153 167 181 195 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

78 104 118 133 148 163 178 192 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

84 112 128 144 160 176 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

91 121 138 156 173 190 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

103 137 157 176 196 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

212.7 211.1 209,5 208,7 207,9 206,3 205,l 203,3 202.7 201,7

37 46 55 60 64 74 81 91 94 100

54 43 64 70 75 86 94 106 110 117

79 64 95 103 111 127 139 157 163 173

70 88 105 114 123 140 153 173 180 191

79 99 118 128 138 158 173 195 202 207

107 85 128 139 150 171 187 207 207 207

114 91 136 148 159 182 199 207 207 207

123 99 148 160 173 197 207 207 207 207

133 106 159 173 186 207 207 207 207 207

151 120 181 196 207 207 207 207 207 207

1) Outside diameter and wall thickness dimensions shown are subject to tolerances as described in 7.6.8. Inside diameters are nominal and are given here for information (see 7.6.2). 2) Test pressures apply to the standard grades. For pressures applicable for other grades see 8.10.9.3. 3) These sizes are special plain-end mass sizes. All other sizes are regular-mass, see 7.6.8 for applicable mass tolerances. For grades L 290 and higher masses intermediate to regular-masses shall be considered regular-mass; masses intermediate to special-plain-end masses and masses intermediate between the heaviest tabulated special-plain-end masses and the highest regular-masses shall be considered special-plain-end mass. 4) The test pressures have been calculated on the basis of the formula in 8.10.9.3 as standard test pressure considering specified maximum values (see table 15). 5) 100 kPA = 1 bar 6) An alternative test pressure (1,25x standard test pressure, rounded to the next higher 100 kPA with a maximum value of 19 300 kPa to be considered) may be requested. Copyright International Organization for Standardization Provided by IHS under license with ISO No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS /(__r-_..7-_-_

-.

._

,.

.~

.~

Licensee=Aramco HQ/9980755100 Not for Resale, 04/12/2006 02:18:28 MDT -

.-.

~-~

~.

..~

~._.

I

-,-l-r-_?-/-i-v>T-7

___=.~

.~

--_--._

-.-

.--

I_--

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Table

Table --``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

9 (continued)

Designation Size Mass

M 8 518 8 518 8 518 8 518 8 618 8 518 8 518 8 518 8 518 8 518 10 3143' 10 3143' 10 3143' 10 314 10 314 10 314 10 314 10 314 10 314 10 314 10 314 10 314 10 314 10 314 10 314 10 314 10 314 10 314 10 314

33,04 38,30 43,39 48,40 53,40 60,71 63,08 67,76 72,42 81,44 17,65 21,21 22,87 24,83 28,04 31,20 34,24 38,23 40,48 48,24 54,74 61,15 67,58 77,03 86,18 92.28 98,30 104,13 126.83

- Plain-end Outside diameter

line pipe

Wall thickness

dimensions’),

D

T

d

mm

mm

219,l 219,l 219,l 219,l 219,l 219,l 219,l 219,l 219,l 219,l 273,l 273,l 273,l 273,l 273,l 273,l 273,l 273,l 273,l 273,l 273,l 273,l 273,l 273,l 273.1 273,l 273,l 273,l 273,l

93 II,1 12,7 14,3 15,9 18,3 19,l 20,6 22,2 25,4 4,O

200,l 196,9 193,7 190,5 187,3 182,5 180,9 177,9 174,7 168,3 265,l 263,5 262,7 261,9 260,3 258,9 257,5 255,7 254,5 250,9 247,7 244,5 241,3 236,5 231,9 228,7 225,5 222,3 209,5

7,l

73 87 93 II,1 12,7 14,3 15,9 18,3 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 31.8

and test

pressures*’ Minimum

Inside diameter

mm

48 5.2 56 64

masses

(to be ordered test pressure4),

according

to outside

diameter)

100 kPa5)

L2 1 06)

L2456’

L290

L320

L360

L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

109 128 146 164 183 193 193 193 193 193 37 44 48 52 59 66 72 80 86 102 117 132 147 169 190 193 193 193 193

127 149 170 192 193 193 193 193 193 193 43 52 56 60 69 76 84 94 100 119 137 154 171 193 193 193 193 193 193

189 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 72 96 104 112 127 141 155 173 185 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 80 96 104 112 127 141 155 173 185 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 90 108 117 125 143 159 175 195 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 97 117 126 136 155 172 189 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 103 124 134 145 165 183 201 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 112 134 146 157 179 199 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 121 145 157 169 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 137 164 178 192 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

1) Outside diameter and wall thickness dimensions shown are subject to tolerances as described in 7.6.8. Inside diameters are nominal and are given here fo information (see 7.6.2). 2) Test pressures apply to the standard grades. For pressures applicable for other grades see 8.10.9.3. 3) These sizes are special plain-end mass sizes. All other sizes are regular-mass, see 7.6.8 for applicable mass tolerances. For grades L 290 and higher masse intermediate to regular-masses shall be considered regular-mass; masses intermediate to special-plain-end masses and masses intermediate between thj heaviest tabulated special-plain-end masses and the highest regular-masses shall be considered special-plain-end mass. 4) The test pressures have been calculated on the basis of the formula in 8.10.9.3 as standard test pressure considering specified maximum values (see table 15). 5) 100 kPA = 1 bar 5) An alternative test pressure (1,25x standard test pressure, rounded to the next higher 100 kPA with a maximum value of 19 300 kPa to be considered) may bi requested.



Table 9 (continued) Designation Size Mass

- Plain-end

23,ll 25.22 27,20 29,31 33,38 37,42 41,45 43,77 45‘58 49.56 53,52 57,59 65,42 73,15 80,93 88.63 96.12 103,53 1 IO,97 118,33 125,49 132,57 139,67 153,53 27.73 29,91 30.93 32.23 36,71

12 3143’ 12 3143’ 12 3143’ 12 3143’ 12 3143’ 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 143’ 143’ 143) 143’ 143’

Wall thickness

Outside diameter

M

line pipe dimensionsl), Inside diameter

D

T

d

mm

mm

mm

4,4

315,l 314,3 313,5 312,7 311,l 309,7 308,l 307,l 306,5 304,9 303,3 301,7 298,5 295,3 292,l 288,9 285,7 282,7 279,5 276,3 273,l 269.9 266,7 260,3 346,0 345,2 345,0 344,4 342,8

323,9 323,9 323,9 323.9 323,9 323,9 323,9 323,9 323‘9 323,9 323.9 323.9 323.9 323,9 323,9 323,9 323,9 323,9 323,9 323.9 323.9 323.9 323,9 323,9 355,6 355,6 355,6 355,6 355,6


4.8 52 56 64 7,l 73

8A 8.7 92 IO,3 11,l 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20.6 22,2 23.8 25.4 27,0 28.6 31,8

48 52 5,3

56 64

Minimum


according

to outside

diameter)

100 kPa5)

L21 06’

L245’j’

L290

L320

L360

L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

34 37 40 44 50 55 61 65 68 74 80 86 99 111 124 136 149 160 173 185 193 193 193 193 34 37 38 40 45

40 44 47 51 58 64 72 76 79 86 93 101 115 130 144 159 173 187 193 193 193 193 193 193 40 43 44 46 53

59 64 70 75 86 95 106 113 117 128 138 149 171 192 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 67 72 73 78 89

65 71 77 83 95 105 117 124 129 141 153 164 188 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 73 80 81 86 98

73 80 87 93 107 118 132 140 145 158 172 185 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 83 89 91 96 110

79 87 94 101 116 128 143 152 157 172 186 200 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 89 97 99 104 119

85 92 100 108 123 136 152 161 167 183 198 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 95 103 105 111 127

92 100 108 117 133 148 165 175 181 198 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 103 112 114 120 138

99 108 117 126 144 159 177 189 195 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 111 121 123 130 148

112 122 132 143 163 181 201 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 126 137 139 147 168

I) Outside diameter and wall thickness dimensions shown are subject to tolerances as described in 7.6.8. Inside diameters are nominal and are given here for information (see 7.6.2). ?) Test pressures apply to the standard grades. For pressures applicable for other grades see 8.10.9.3. 3) These sizes are special plain-end mass sizes. All other sizes are regular-mass, see 7.6.8 for applicable mass tolerances. For grades L 290 and higher masse: intermediate to regular-masses shall be considered regular-mass; masses intermediate to special-plain-end masses and masses intermediate between thr heaviest tabulated special-plain-end masses and the highest regular-masses shall be considered special-plain-end mass. I) The test pressures have been calculated on the basis of the formula in 8.10.9.3 as standard test pressure considering specified maximum values (see table 15). 5) 100 kPA = 1 bar 3) An alternative test pressure (1,25x standard test pressure, rounded to the next higher 100 kPA with a maximum value of 19 300 kPa to be considered) may br requested. --``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright International Organization for Standardization Provided by IHS under license with ISO No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS -~--yi-.+----~-

-

.-

-

_:

.,.

.,

--

I.

Licensee=Aramco HQ/9980755100 Not for Resale, 04/12/2006 02:18:28 MDT _..l._j,.

~_

.~~_

_

. ..__

.

._

-‘-

---.-------_i-.c”--~---

ij__

..-.__=

____?

.*_____l_

_ _____

_

____

Table

9 fcontinued)


14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 163’ 163’ 163’ 163’ 163’ 16 16 16 16 16 16 16


line pipe

Wall thickness

dimensions’),

masses

and test

Inside diameter

pressures2) Minimum


according 100

to outside

diameter)

kPa5)

M

D mm

T mm

d mm

L2106’

L2456’

L290

L320

L360

L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

41,17 45,61 50,17 54,57 58,94 63,44 67,78 72,09 80.66 89,28 97,81 106,13 114,37 122,65 130.85 138,84 146,74 154,69 170,21 31,75 34,25 36,91 42.05 47.17 52.27 57,52 62,58 67,62 72,80 77,79 82,77

355,6 355,6 355,6 355,6 3556 355,6 355,6 355,6 355,6 355,6 355,6 355,6 355,6 355,6 355,6 355,6 355,6 355,6 355.6 406.4 406.4 406,4 406.4 406.4 406.4 406,4 406,4 406,4 406,4 406.4 406,4

7,1 789

341,4 339,8 338,2 226,6 335,0 333,4 331.8 330,2 327.0 323.8 320,6 317,4 314,4 311,2 308,O 304.8 301,6 298,4 292,l 396,8 396,0 395,2 393,6 392,2 390,6 389,0 387.4 385,8 384.2 382,6 381,0

50 56 62 67 73 79 84 90 101 113 124 135 146 157 169 180 191 193 193 30 32 35 40 44 49 54 59 64 69 74 79

59 65 72 79 85 92 98 105 118 131 145 158 170 184 193 193 193 193 193 35 38 41 46 51 57 63 69 75 80 86 92

98 110 121 132 143 154 165 176 198 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 58 63 68 78 86 96 106 115 125 135 144 154

109 121 133 145 158 170 182 194 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 64 70 75 86 95 106 116 127 138 149 159 170

122 136 150 163 177 191 205 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 72 78 84 96 107 119 131 143 155 167 179 191

132 147 ‘I62 177 192 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 78 85 91 104 116 129 142 155 168 181 194 207

141 157 173 188 204 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 83 90 97 111 123 137 151 165 179 193 207 207

153 170 187 204 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 90 98 105 120 134 149 164 179 194 207 207 207

165 183 202 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 97 105 114 130 144 160 177 193 207 207 207 207

187 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 110 120 129 147 163 182 200 207 207 207 207 207

8,7 985 IO,3 II,1 11,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22.2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 31,8

48 52 56 64 7,1 73

8,7 93 IO,3 11,l II,9 12.7

I) Outside diameter and wall thickness dimensions shown are subject to tolerances as described in 7.6.8. Inside diameters are nominal and are given here fo information (see 7.6.2). !) Test pressures apply to the standard grades. For pressures applicable for other grades see 8.10.9.3. i) These sizes are special plain-end mass sizes. All other sizes are regular-mass, see 7.6.8 for applicable mass tolerances. For grades L 290 and higher masse: intermediate to regular-masses shall be considered regular-mass; masses intermediate to special-plain-end masses and masses intermediate between the heaviest tabulated special-plain-end masses and the highest regular-masses shall be considered special-plain-end mass. I) The test pressures have been calculated on the basis of the formula in 8.10.9.3 as standard test pressure considering specified maximum values (see table 15). i) 100 kPA = 1 bar ;) An alternative test pressure (1,25x standard test pressure, rounded to the next higher 100 kPA with a maximum value of 19 300 kPa to be considered) may bc requested.



f5 w G w L L; 3 sp !I!!

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 183' 183' 183' 183' 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18



Wall thickness

D

T

d

92,66 102,63 112,51 122,15 131,71 141,34 150,89 160,20 189.43 178,72 187,93 196,91 35,76 41,59 47,39 53,18 58,94 64,87 70,59 78,29 82,15 87,81 93,45 104.67 115.98 127.21 138,17 149,06 160,03 170.92 181,56

mm 406,4 406,4 406,4 406,4 406,4 406,4 406,4 406,4 406,4 406,4 406,4 406.4 457,0 457,0 457.0 457.0 457.0 457,0 457,0 457,0 457,0 457,0 457,0 457,0 457,0 457,0 457,0 457,0 457,0 457.0 457.0

mm 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8

mm 377.8 374,6 371,4 368,2 365,2 362,0 358,8 355,6 352,4 349.2 346,0 342,8 447,4 445,8 444,2 442,8 441,2 439,6 438,0 436,4 434.8 433.2 431,6 428.4 425,2 422,0 418,8 415,8 412,6 409,4 406,2

48 64 7,1 73 8,7 93 10.3 11.1 11,9 12.7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23.8 25.4

(to be ordered

according

to outside

diameter)

Minimum test pressure4! 100 kPa5)

Inside diameter

M

586

masses and test pressures*)

L2106' 89 99 109 118 128 138 148 158 167 177 187 193 26 31 35 39 44 48 52 57 61 66 70 79 88 96 105 114 122 131 140

L2456)

L290

L320

L360

L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

103 115 127 138 149 161 172 184 193 193 193 193 31 36 41 46 51 56 61 66 71 77 82 92 102 113 123 133 143 153 163

173 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 52 60 69 77 85 94 102 111 120 128 137 154 172 189 206 207 207 207 207

191 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 57 67 76 85 94 104 113 123 132 142 151 170 189 207 207 207 207 207 207

207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 64 75 86 95 106 117 127 138 149 159 170 192 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 70 81 93 103 115 126 138 149 161 173 184 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 74 86 99 110 122 134 147 159 171 184 196 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 80 94 107 119 132 146 159 172 186 199 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 87 101 115 128 143 157 171 186 200 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

1) Outside diameter and wall thickness dimensions shown are subject to tolerances as described in 7.6.8. Inside diameters are nominal and are given here fc information (see7.6.2). 2) Test pressures applytothe standard grades.Forpressures applicableforothergradessee 8.10.9.3. 3) These sizes are special plain-end mass sizes. All other sizes are regular-mass, see 7.6.8 for applicable mass tolerances. For grades L 290 and higher masse intermediate to regular-masses shall be considered regular-mass; masses intermediate to special-plain-end masses and masses intermediate between th heaviesttabulated special-plain-end masses and the highest regular-masses shall be considered special-plain-end mass. 4) Thetest pressures have been calculated on the basis ofthe formula in 8.10.9.3 as standard test pressure considering specified maximum values (see table 15). 5) lOOkPA=l bar 6) An alternativetestpressure (1,25x standardtestpressure, roundedtothe next higher 100 kPAwith a maximum value of 19 300 kPato be considered) may b requested. Copyright International Organization for Standardization Provided by IHS under license with ISO No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS


Table

9 (continued)

Designation Size Mass M 18 18 18 ;;31 203’ 203’ 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

192,ll 202,75 213,31 223,61 46,27 52.73 59,18 65,60 72,21 78,60 84,96 91,51 97,83 104,13 116,67 129,33 141,90 154,19 166.40 178,72 190,96 202.92 214,80 226,78 238,68 250,31 261,86 273,51

- Plain-end Outside diameter D mm 457,0 457,0 457,0 457,0 508,O 508,O 508,O 508,O 508,O 508,O 508,O 508,O 508,O 508,O 508,O 508.0 508,O 508,O 508,O 508.0 508,O 508,O 508,O 508,O 508,O 508,O 508,O 508,O

line pipe

Wall thickness T mm 27.0 28,6 30,2 31,8

W 64 7,l 73

8,7 93 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15.9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22.2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8 33,3 34.9

dimensions’),

Inside diameter d mm 403,o 399,6 396,6 393,4 496,8 495,2 493,8 492.2 490,6 489,0 487,4 485,8 484,2 482,6 479,4 476,2 473,0 469,8 466,8 463,6 460,4 457.2 454.0 450,8 447,6 444,4 441,4 438,2

masses

and test

pressures2) Minimum


according

to outside

diameter)

100 kPa5)

L2106)

L2456)

L290

L320

L360

L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

149 158 167 175 28 32 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 71 79 87 95 102 110 118 126 134 142 150 158 165 173

174 184 193 193 32 37 41 46 50 55 60 64 69 74 83 92 101 111 119 128 138 147 156 166 175 184 193 193

207 207 207 207 58 66 73 81 89 98 106 114 122 131 147 163 180 196 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

207 207 207 207 63 73 81 90 99 108 117 126 135 144 162 180 198 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

207 207 207 207 71 82 91 101 111 121 131 142 152 162 182 203 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

207 207 207 207 77 88 98 109 120 131 142 153 164 176 198 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

207 207 207 207 82 94 104 116 128 140 151 163 175 187 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

207 207 207 207 89 102 113 126 139 151 164 177 190 203 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

207 207 207 207 96 110 122 136 150 163 177 191 205 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

207 207 207 207 109 125 138 154 170 185 201 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207

I) Outside diameter and wall thickness dimensions shown are subject to tolerances as described in 7.6.8. Inside diameters are nominal and are given here for information (see 7.6.2). 2) Test pressures apply to the standard grades. For pressures applicable for other grades see 8.10.9.3. 3) These sizes are special plain-end mass sizes. All other sizes are regular-mass, see 7.6.8 for applicable mass tolerances. For grades L 290 and higher masses intermediate to regular-masses shall be considered regular-mass; masses intermediate to special-plain-end masses and masses intermediate between the heaviest tabulated special-plain-end masses and the highest regular-masses shall be considered special-plain-end mass. 1) The test pressures have been calculated on the basis of the formula in 8.10.9.3 as standard test pressure considering specified maximum values (see table 15). 5) lOOkPA=lbar 5) An alternative test pressure (1,25x standard test pressure, rounded to the next higher 100 kPA with a maximum value of 19 300 kPa to be considered) may be requested.

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---




223’ 223’ 223’ 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 243’ 243’ 24 24 24


M

D

50,94 58,07 65,18 72,27 79,56 86,61 93,63 100,86 107,85 114,81 126,67 142,68 156.60 170,21 183,75 197.41 211,00 224,28 237,48 250,81 264,06 277,Ol 289,88 302,88 315,79 328.41 63,41 71.18 78,93 86,91 94,62

mm 559,0 559,0 559,0 559,0 559,0 559,0 559,0 559,0 559,0 559,0 559,0 559.0 559.0 559,0 559,0 559,0 559,0 559,0 559,0 559,0 559,0 559,0 559,0 559,0 559.0 559,0 610.0 610.0 610,O 610,O 610,O

line pipe

Wall thickness

T mm

5.6 6th 7,l 73

67 95 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14‘3 15.9 17.5 19,l 20,6 22.2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28.6 30,2 31,8 33,3 34,9 36,5 38,l

64 7,l 73

8,7 9.5

dimensions’),

masses

and test

Inside diameter

pressures2) Minimum

(to

be ordered

test pressure4),

according

to outside

diameter)

100 kPa5)

d

L210”’

L2456’

L290

L320

L360

L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

mm 547.8 546.2 544,8 543,2 541,6 540,o 538,4 536,8 535,2 533,6 530,4 527,2 524,0 520,8 517,8 514,6 511,4 508,2 505,o 501.8 498.6 495,4 492,4 489,2 486.0 482,8 597,2 595,8 594,2 592,6 591,0

25 29 32 36 39 43 46 50 54 57 64 72 79 86 93 100 107 115 122 129 136 143 150 157 165 172 26 29 33 36 39

29 34 37 42 46 50 54 58 63 67 75 84 92 100 108 117 125 134 142 150 159 167 175 184 192 193 31 34 38 42 46

52 60 66 74 81 89 96 104 111 119 134 148 163 178 192 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 55 61 68 74 81

58 66 73 81 90 98 106 114 123 131 147 164 180 197 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 60 67 75 82 90

65 74 82 92 101 110 119 129 138 147 166 184 203 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 68 75 84 92 101

70 80 89 99 109 119 129 139 149 159 180 200 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 74 82 91 100 109

75 86 95 106 116 127 138 148 159 170 191 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 78 87 97 107 116

81 93 103 114 126 138 149 161 172 184 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 85 94 105 116 126

87 100 111 123 136 148 161 173 186 198 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 92 102 113 125 136

99 113 126 140 154 168 182 197 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 104 115 128 141 154

I) Outside diameter and wall thickness dimensions shown are subject to tolerances as described in 7.6.8. Inside diameters are nominal and are given here fol information (see 7.6.2). !) Test pressures apply to the standard grades. For pressures applicable for other grades see 8.10.9.3. I) These sizes are special plain-end mass sizes. All other sizes are regular-mass, see 7.6.8 for applicable mass tolerances. For grades L 290 and higher masse! intermediate to regular-masses shall be considered regular-mass; masses intermediate to special-plain-end masses and masses intermediate between tht heaviest tabulated special-plain-end masses and the highest regular-masses shall be considered special-plain-end mass. 1) The test pressures have been calculated on the basis of the formula in 8.10.9.3 as standard test pressure considering specified maximum values (see table 15). i) 100 kPA = 1 bar i) An alternative test pressure (1,25x standard test pressure, rounded to the next higher 100 kPA with a maximum value of 19 300 kPa to be considered) may bc requested. --``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



Table

9 (continued)

Designation Mass Size

24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 263' 263' 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26


line pipe

Wall thickness

dimensions’),

D

T

d

L21 06)

102,31 110,22 117.86 125,49 140.68 156.03 171.29 186,23 201,09 216,lO 231,03 245,64 260,17 274,84 289,44 303.71 317,91 332,25 346,50 360,45 374,31 68,75 77,18 85,60 94,26 102,63 1 IO,98 119,57 127,88 136,17 152,68

mm IO,3 11,l 11.9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28.6 30.2 31,8 33,3 34,9 36,5 38,l 39,7

mm 589,4 587,8 586,2 584,6 581,4 578.2 575,0 571,8 568,8 565,6 562.4 559.2 556.0 552.8 549,6 546,4 543.4 540,2 537,0 533.8 530.6 647.2 645,8 644,2 642,6 641,0 639,4 637,8 636,2 634,6 631,4

42 46 49 52 59 66 72 79 85 92 98 105 112 118 125 131 138 144 151 157 164 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45 48 55

67 93 IO,3 11,l II,9 12,7 14,3

pressuresz) Minimum

mm 610,O 610,O 610,O 610,O 610,O 610,O 610,O 610,O 610.0 610,O 610,O 610,O 610,O 610,O 610,O 610,O 610,O 610,O 610,O 610.0 610.0 660,O 660,O 660,O 660.0 660,O 660,O 660,O 660,O 660,O 660,O

64

and test

Inside diameter

M

7,1 789

masses

L2456) 49 53 57 61 69 77 84 92 99 107 115 122 130 138 146 153 160 168 176 184 191 29 32 35 39 42 46 49 53 57 64


according

to outside

diameter)

100 kPa5)

L290

L320

L360

L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

88 95 102 109 122 136 150 163 176 190 204 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 51 56 62 69 75 81 88 94 100 113

98 105 112 120 135 150 165 180 195 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 56 62 69 76 83 90 97 104 111 125

110 118 126 135 152 169 186 203 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 63 70 78 85 93 101 109 117 125 140

119 128 137 146 165 183 201 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 68 76 84 93 101 110 118 127 135 152

126 136 146 156 175 195 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 72 80 89 98 108 117 126 135 144 162

137 147 158 169 190 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 79 87 97 107 117 126 136 146 156 176

148 159 170 182 205 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 85 94 104 115 126 136 147 157 168 189

167 180 193 206 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 96 107 119 131 143 155 167 179 191 207

1) Outside diameter and wall thickness dimensions shown are subject to tolerances as described in 7.6.8. Inside diameters are nominal and are given here for information (see 7.6.2). 2) Test pressures apply to the standard grades. For pressures applicable for other grades see 8.10.9.3. 3) These sizes are special plain-end mass sizes. All other sizes are regular-mass, see 7.6.8 for applicable mass tolerances. For grades L 290 and higher masses intermediate to regular-masses shall be considered regular-mass; masses intermediate to special-plain-end masses and masses intermediate between the heaviest tabulated special-plain-end masses and the highest regular-masses shall be considered special-plain-end mass. 4) The test pressures have been calculated on the basis of the formula in 8.10.9.3 as standard test pressure considering specified maximum values (see table 15). 5) lOOkPA=l bar 3) An alternative test pressure (1,25x standard test pressure, rounded to the next higher 100 kPA with a maximum value of 19 300 kPa to be considered) may be requested.

Y



Table

9 (continued)


26 26 26 26 26 26 26 283’ 283’ 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 303’ 303’ 30 30 30


line pipe

Wall thickness

dimensions’),

masses

and test

pressures2) Minimum

Inside diameter


according 100 kPa5)

M

D mm

T mm

d mm

L2106’

L2456’

L290

L320

L360

L390

L415

169,38 185,99 202,25 218,43 234,79 251,07 267,OO 74,09 83,19 92,26 101,61 1 lo,64 119,65 128,93 137,90 146.85 164,69 182,73 200,68 218,27 235,78 253,48 271.10 288,36 79,43 89.19 98,93 108,95 118.65

660,O 660,O 660,O 660,O 660,O 660,O 660,O 711,o 711,o 711,o 711,o 711,o 711,o 711.0 711,o 711,o 711,o 711,o 711,o 711,o 711,o 711,o 711,o 711,o 762.0 762,O 762,O 762,O 762,O

15.9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4

628,2 625,0 621,8 618,8 615,6 612,4 609,2 698,2 696,8 695,2 693.6 692,0 690,4 688.8 687,2 685,6 682.4 679.2 676,O 672.8 669,8 666,6 663,4 660,2 749,2 747.8 746,2 744,6 743,o

61 67 73 79 85 91 97 23 25 28 31 34 37 39 42 45 51 56 62 68 73 79 84 90 21 23 26 29 31

71 78 85 92 99 106 113 26 29 33 36 39 43 46 49 53 59 66 72 79 85 92 98 105 25 27 30 34 37

126 138 151 163 176 188 201 47 52 58 64 70 76 81 87 93 105 117 128 140 151 163 175 186 44 49 54 60 65

139 153 167 180 194 207 207 52 58 64 70 77 83 90 96 103 116 129 142 155 167 180 193 206 48 54 60 66 72

156 172 188 202 207 207 207 58 65 72 79 87 94 101 108 116 130 145 159 174 188 202 207 207 54 60 67 74 81

169 186 203 207 207 207 207 63 70 78 86 94 102 110 117 125 141 157 173 189 203 207 207 207 59 65 73 80 88

180 198 207 207 207 207 207 67 75 83 91 100 108 117 125 133 150 167 184 201 207 207 207 207 63 70 77 85 93

‘54 7,l 73

8,7 93 IO,3 11.1 II,9 12,7 14.3 15,9 17.5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4

64 7,1 73

887 93

I) Outside diameter and wall thickness dimensions shown are subject to tolerances as described in 7.6.8. Inside diameters are information (see 7.6.2). !) Test pressures apply to the standard grades. For pressures applicable for other grades see 8.10.9.3. i) These sizes are special plain-end mass sizes. All other sizes are regular-mass, see 7.6.8 for applicable mass tolerances. For grades intermediate to regular-masses shall be considered regular-mass; masses intermediate to special-plain-end masses and masses heaviest tabulated special-plain-end masses and the highest regular-masses shall be considered special-plain-end mass. I) The test pressures have been calculated on the basis of the formula in 8.10.9.3 as standard test pressure considering specified maximum i) 100 kPA = 1 bar i) An alternative test pressure (1,25x standard test pressure, rounded to the next higher 100 kPA with a maximum value of 19 300 requested.



Designation Mass Size M 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 323' 323' 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32

128,32 138,29 147,92 157,53 176,69 196,08 215,38 234,29 253.12 272,17 291,14 309,72 328,22 346,93 365,56 383,81 84,77 95,19 105,59 116,30 126,66 136,99 147,64 147,94 168.21 188,70 209,43 230,08 250,31 270,47 290,86

- Plain-end Outside diameter D mm 762,0 762,0 762,0 762,0 762,0 762,0 762,0 762,0 762,0 762,0 762,0 762,0 762,0 762.0 762.0 762,0 813,0 813,0 813,0 813,0 813,0 813,0 813,0 813.0 813,0 813,0 813,0 813,0 813,0 813,0 813,0


Wall thickness T mm IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20‘6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8

‘54 7.1 7,s

8,7 9,5 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14.3 15,9 17,5 IS,1 20,6 22.2

Inside diameter d mm 741,4 739,8 738,2 736,6 733,4 730,2 727,0 723,8 720,8 717,6 714,4 711,2 708,O 704,8 701,6 698,4 800,2 798,8 797,2 795,6 794,0 792,4 790,8 789,2 787.6 784,4 781,2 787,0 774.8 771,8 768,6

masses and test pressures*) Minimum


according 100 kPa5)

L2106’

L2456’

L290

L320

L360

L390

L415

34 37 39 42 47 53 58 63 68 73 79 84 89 95 100 105 20 22 24 27 29 32 34 37 39 44 49 54 59 64 69

40 43 46 49 55 61 68 74 79 86 92 98 104 110 117 123 23 26 29 31 34 37 40 43 46 52 57 63 69 74 80

71 76 82 87 98 109 120 131 141 152 163 174 185 196 207 207 41 46 51 56 61 66 71 76 82 92 102 112 123 132 143

78 84 90 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 204 207 207 207 45 50 56 62 67 73 79 84 90 101 113 124 135 146 157

88 94 101 108 122 135 149 162 175 189 202 207 207 207 207 207 51 57 63 69 76 82 88 95 101 114 127 139 152 164 177

95 102 110 117 132 146 161 176 190 205 207 207 207 207 207 207 55 61 68 75 82 89 96 103 110 123 137 151 165 178 192

101 109 117 125 140 156 172 187 202 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 59 65 73 80 87 95 102 109 117 131 146 161 175 189 204

) Outside diameter and wall thickness dimensions shown are subject to tolerances as described in 7.6.8. Inside diameters are nominal information (see 7.6.2). ) Test pressures apply to the standard grades. For pressures applicable for other grades see 8.10.9.3. ) These sizes are special plain-end mass sizes. All other sizes are regular-mass, see 7.6.8 for applicable mass tolerances. For grades intermediate to regular-masses shall be considered regular-mass; masses intermediate to special-plain-end masses and masses heaviest tabulated special-plain-end masses and the highest regular-masses shall be considered special-plain-end mass. ) The test pressures have been calculated on the basis of the formula in 8.10.9.3 as standard test pressure considering specified maximum ) 100 kPA = 1 bar ) An alternative test pressure (1,25x standard test pressure, rounded to the next higher 100 kPA with a maximum value of 19 300 requested.



--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Table 9 (continued)

Table

9 (continued)


M 32 32 32 32 32 32 343’ 343’ 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 363’ 363’ 36 36

311,17 331,08 350,90 370,96 390,94 410.51 90,ll 101,19 112,25 123,65 134,67 145,67 157,00 167,95 178,89 200,70 222,78 244,77 266.33 287.81 309,55 331,21 352,44 373,59 394,99 416,31 437,21 95,45 107,20 118,92 131,00


line pipe

Wall thickness

dimensions’),

D

T

d

mm

mm

813,0 813,0 813.0 813,0 813,0 813,0 864,0 864,0 864,0 864,0 864,0 864,0 864,0 864,0 864,0 864,0 864,0 864,0 864,0 864,0 864,0 864,0 864,0 864,0 864.0 864,0 864,0 914,0 914,0 914,0 914,0

23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31.8

765,4 762.2 759,0 755.8 752.6 749.4 851,2 849.8 848,2 846,6 845,0 843,4 841,8 840,2 838,6 835,4 832,2 829,0 825,8 822.8 819,6 816,4 813,2 810,O 806,8 803,6 800,4 901,2 899,8 898,2 896,6

64 8,7 c-5 IO,3 11.1 II,9 12.7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8

64 7,l 73

8,7

and test

Inside diameter

mm

7,l 73

masses

pressures*) Minimum


according

to outside

diameter)

100 kPa5)

L210”)

L245’j’

L290

L320

L360

L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

74 79 84 89 94 99 19 21 23 25 28 30 32 35 37 42 46 51 56 60 65 69 74 79 83 88 93 18 20 22 24

86 92 98 103 109 115 22 24 27 30 32 35 38 40 43 49 54 60 65 70 76 81 86 92 97 103 108 21 23 25 28

153 163 173 184 194 204 39 43 48 53 57 62 67 72 77 86 96 106 115 124 134 144 153 163 173 182 192 37 41 45 50

169 180 191 203 207 207 43 47 53 58 63 69 74 79 85 95 106 117 127 137 148 159 169 180 191 201 207 40 45 50 55

190 202 207 207 207 207 48 53 59 65 71 77 83 89 95 107 119 131 143 155 167 179 191 203 207 207 207 45 50 56 62

206 207 207 207 207 207 52 58 64 71 77 84 90 97 103 116 129 142 155 167 180 193 206 207 207 207 207 49 55 61 67

207 207 207 207 207 207 55 61 68 75 82 89 96 103 110 124 137 151 165 178 192 206 207 207 207 207 207 52 58 65 71

207 207 207 207 207 207 60 67 74 82 89 97 104 112 119 134 149 164 179 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 57 63 70 77

207 207 207 207 207 207 65 72 80 88 96 104 112 120 128 144 161 177 193 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 61 68 75 83

207 207 207 207 207 207 73 81 91 100 109 118 127 136 146 164 182 201 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 69 77 86 94

I) Outside diameter and wall thickness dimensions shown are subject to tolerances as described in 7.6.8. Inside diameters are nominal and are given here for information (see 7.6.2). 2) Test pressures apply to the standard grades. For pressures applicable for other grades see 8.10.9.3. 3) These sizes are special plain-end mass sizes. All other sizes are regular-mass, see 7.6.8 for applicable mass tolerances. For grades L 290 and higher masse: intermediate to regular-masses shall be considered regular-mass; masses intermediate to special-plain-end masses and masses intermediate between the heaviest tabulated special-plain-end masses and the highest regular-masses shall be considered special-plain-end mass. 4) The test pressures have been calculated on the basis of the formula in 8.10.9.3 as standard test pressure considering specified maximum values (see table 15). 5) 100 kPA = 1 bar 5) An alternative test pressure (1,25x standard test pressure, rounded to the next higher 100 kPA with a maximum value of 19 300 kPa to be considered) may br requested. --``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



1


M 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38

142,68 154,34 166,35 177.97 189,57 212,70 236.13 259.47 282.35 305,16 328.24 351,25 373,80 396,27 419,02 441.69 463,91 125,58 138,35 150.69 163,Ol 175,71 187,99 200,25 224.71 249,48 274,16 298,37 322,50 346,93 371,28 395,16



W all thickness

Inside diameter

D

T

d

mm

mm

mm

914,0 914,0 914,0 914,0 914,0 914,0 914,0 914,0 914,0 914,0 914,0 914,0 914,0 914,0 914,0 914.0 914,0 965,0 965,0 965,0 965,0 965,0 965,0 965,0 965,0 965,0 965,0 965,0 965,0 965,0 965,0 965,0

93 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27.0 28,6 30,2 31,8 789

895,0 893,4 891,8 890,2 888,6 885,4 882,2 879,0 875,8 872,8 869,6 866,4 863,2 860.0 856,8 853.6 850.4 949,2 947,6 946,0 944,4 942,8 941,2 939,6 936,4 933,2 930,o 926,8 923,8 920,6 917,4 914.2

8.7 985 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12.7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22.2 23.8 25.4

masses and test pressures2) Minimum


according

to outside

diameter)

100 kPa5)

L21 06)

L2456’

L290

L320

L360

L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

26 28 31 33 35 39 44 48 53 57 61 66 70 74 79 83 88 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 37 42 46 50 54 58 62 66

31 33 36 38 41 46 51 56 61 66 71 77 82 87 92 97 102 24 27 29 31 34 36 39 44 48 53 58 63 68 73 77

54 59 63 68 73 82 91 100 109 118 127 136 145 154 163 172 182 43 47 51 56 60 64 69 77 86 95 103 111 120 129 137

60 65 70 75 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 47 52 57 61 66 71 76 85 95 104 114 123 133 142 152

67 73 79 84 90 101 113 124 135 146 157 169 180 191 203 207 207 53 58 64 69 75 80 85 96 107 118 128 138 149 160 171

73 79 85 91 98 110 122 134 147 158 171 183 195 207 207 207 207 57 63 69 75 81 87 92 104 116 127 139 150 161 173 185

78 84 91 97 104 117 130 143 156 168 181 195 207 207 207 207 207 61 67 74 80 86 92 98 111 123 135 148 159 172 184 197

84 91 98 105 113 127 141 155 169 183 197 207 207 207 207 207 207 66 73 80 86 93 100 107 120 133 147 160 173 186 200 207

91 98 106 114 121 137 152 167 182 197 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 71 79 86 93 100 108 115 129 144 158 173 186 201 207 207

103 112 120 129 138 155 172 190 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 81 89 97 106 114 122 130 147 163 180 196 207 207 207 207

) Outside diameter and wall thickness dimensions shown are subject to tolerances as described in 7.6.8. Inside diameters are nominal and are given here for information (see 7.6.2). !) Test pressures apply to the standard grades. For pressures applicable for other grades see 8.10.9.3. .) The test pressures have been calculated on the basis of the formula in 8.10.9.3 as standard test pressure considering specified maximum values (see table 15). ;) 100 kPA = 1 bar i) An alternative test pressure (1,25x standard test pressure, rounded to the next higher 100 kPA with a maximum value of 19 300 kPa to be considered) may be requested.



--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Table 9 (continued)

,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Table 9 (continuedl Designation Size Mass

38 38 38 38 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42



Wall thickness

masses and test pressures*)

(to be ordered

according

to outside

diameter)

Minimum test pressure4), 100 kPa5)

Inside diameter

M

D

T

d

L2106’

L2456’

L290

L320

L360

L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

418,96 443,05 467,06 490,61 132.25 145,69 158,70 171,68 185,06 198,Ol 210,93 236,71 262,83 288,86 314.39 339,84 365,62 391,32 416,52 441,64 467,08 492,44 517,31 153.04 166.71 180,35 194,42 208,03 221,61 248,72 276,18

mm 965,0 965,0 965,0 965,0 1016,O 1016,O 1016,O 1016.0 1016,O 1016,O 1016,O 1016,O 1016,O 1016,O 1016,O 1016,O 1016,O 1016.0 1016,O 1016,O 1016,O 1016,O 1016,O 1067,O 1067,O 1067,O 1067,O 1067,O 1067,O 1067,O 1067,O

mm 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8 73

mm 911,o 907,8 904,6 901,4 1000,2 998,6 997,0 995,4 993,8 992,2 990.6 987,4 984,2 981,0 977,8 974,8 971,6 968,4 965,2 962,0 958,8 955,6 952,4 1049,6 1048,O 1046,4 1044,8 1043,2 1041,6 1038,4 1035.2

71 75 79 83 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 35 39 43 47 51 55 59 63 67 71 75 79 21 22 24 26 28 30 34 38

82 87 92 97 23 25 27 30 32 34 37 41 46 51 55 60 64 69 74 78 83 87 92 24 26 28 31 33 35 39 44

146 155 163 172 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 73 82 90 98 106 114 122 131 139 147 155 163 43 46 50 54 58 62 70 78

161 171 180 190 45 49 54 58 63 67 72 81 90 99 108 117 126 135 144 153 162 171 180 47 51 56 60 64 69 77 86

181 192 203 207 50 55 61 66 71 76 81 91 101 112 122 131 142 152 162 172 182 193 203 53 58 63 67 72 77 87 97

196 207 207 207 55 60 66 71 77 82 88 99 110 121 132 142 153 164 176 187 198 207 207 57 63 68 73 78 84 94 105

207 207 207 207 58 64 70 76 82 87 93 105 117 129 140 151 163 175 187 199 207 207 207 61 67 72 78 83 89 100 111

207 207 207 207 63 69 76 82 88 95 101 114 127 140 152 164 177 190 203 207 207 207 207 66 72 78 84 90 96 109 121

207 207 207 207 68 75 82 89 95 102 109 123 137 150 164 177 191 205 207 207 207 207 207 71 78 84 91 97 104 117 130

207 207 207 207 77 85 93 100 108 116 124 139 155 171 186 201 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 81 88 96 103 110 118 133 148

67 93 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23‘8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30.2 31,8

887 93 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9

I) Outside diameter and wall thickness dimensions shown are subject to tolerances as described in 7.6.8. Inside diameters are nominal and are given information (see 7.6.2). !) Test pressures applytothe standard grades. For pressures applicable for other grades see 8.10.9.3. I) Thetestpressures have been calculated on the basis oftheformula in 8.10.9.3 as standardtestpressureconsidering specified maximumvalues(seetable i) lOOkPA=l bar i) An alternative test pressure (1,25x standard test pressure, rounded to the next higher 100 kPA with a maximum value of 19 300 kPa to be considered) requested.


~~-,-=-

._-. ___., r --

.I

----. , - ,.---? .-.. ~--~.-. --.- ~..-___..._ c._../---


..-_-_. ~._,.__ _j_l

here for

15). may be

Desi! gni ation Size Mass

42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 46 46 46 46 46

- Plain-end

line pipe

Outside Wall diameter ’ 1:hicknesz

dimensionsl),

D

T

d

303,55 330,41 357,19 384,31 411,35 437,88 464,33 491,ll 517,82 544,Ol 160,39 174.72 189,03 203,78 218,04 232,29 260,72 289,53 318,25 346,43 374,53 403,oo 431.39 459.24 487,Ol 515,14 543,19 570,71 167,74 182,73 197,70 213,13 228,06

mm 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31.8 8,7 9‘5 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14.3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8

mm 1032,O 1028,8 1025,8 1022,6 1019,4 1016,2 1013,o 1009,8 1006,6 1003,4 1100,6 1099,o 1097,4 1095,8 1094,2 1092,6 1089,4 1086,2 1083,O 1079,8 1076,8 1073,6 1070.4 1067,2 1064,O 1060,8 1057,6 1054.4 1150,6 1149,0 1147,4 1145,8 1144,2

93

(to be ordered

pressures*)

according

to outside

diameter)

test PI ;sure4), 100 kPa5)

Minimb

( Gameter

mm 1067,O 1067,O 1067,O 1067,O 1067,O 1067,O 1067,O 1067,O 1067,O 1067.0 1118,0 1118,0 1118,0 1118,0 1118,0 1118,0 1118,O 1118,O 1118.0 1118,O 1118,0 1118.0 1118,0 1118.0 1118,0 1118,0 1118,0 1118.0 1168,0 1168.0 1168,O 11660 11660

IO,3 II,1 II,9

and test

Inside i

M

8,7

masses

L210”’

L2456’ I

56 60 64 68 71 75 20 21 23 25 27 29 32 36 39 43 46 50 54 57 61 64 68 72 20 21 23 25 27

1 1

I 1 1 I

1 1 I

1 1 I 1 1 I

L290 I

66 70 74 79 83 88 23 25 27 29 31 33 38 42 46 50 54 58 63 67 71 75 79 84 23 25 27 29 31

1 1

I 1 ) I

) 1 I

1 1 I 1 1 I

L320 -

116 124 132 140 148 156 41 44 48 52 56 59 67 74 82 89 96 104 111 119 126 134 141 148 41 44 48 52 56

-

-

-

-

-

-

94 103 111 120 128 137 146 154 163 172 45 49 53 57 61 65 74 82 90 98 106 114 123 131 139 147 156 164 45 49 53 57 61

L360 -

-

-

-

-

-

-

106 116 125 135 145 154 164 174 183 193 50 55 60 64 69 74 83 92 101 111 119 129 138 147 156 166 175 184 50 55 60 64 69

L390

L415

L450

L485

-T-%--l-e -zi--E115 126 136 146

123 134 144 155

133 145 156 169

143 156 169 182

205 207 207 207 63 69 75 80

207 207 207 207 68 74 80 87

-4-t-+- -+I+ 90 100 110

96 106 117

104 115 127

112 124 137

139

148 159

161 172

173 186

207 207 207 63 69 75 80 86

207 207 207 68 74 80 87 93

149

L555 162 177 191 206 207 207 207 207 207 207 77 84 91 98 105 112 127 141 155 169 182 197 207 207 207 207 207 207 77 84 91 98 105

1 [ I) Outside diameter and wall thickness dimensions shown are subject to tolerances as described in 7.6.8. Inside diameters are nominal and are given here fo information (see7.6.2). !) Test pressures applytothe standard grades. For pressures applicable for other grades see 8.10.9.3. I) Thetest pressures have been calculated on the basis ofthe formula in 8.10.9.3 as standard test pressure considering specified maximum values (seetable 15). i) 100 kPA=l bar i) An alternative test pressure (1,25x standard test pressure, roundedtothe next higher 100 kPA with a maximum value of 19 300 kPa to be considered) may bc requested.



--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Table 9 (continued)

9 (continued)

Designation Mass Size M 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 48 48 48 48 46 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48

242.97 272,73 302,88 332,95 362,45 391,88 421,69 451,42 480,60 509,69 539,17 568,57 597.41 175,08 190,74 206,37 222,49 238,08 253,65 284,73 316.23 347.64 378.47 409,22 440,38 471,46 501,96 532,38 563,20 593,94 624,ll

- Plain-end Outside diameter D

line pipe

Wall thickness T

dimensions’),

Inside diameter d

mm

mm

mm

1168,O 1168,O 1168,O 1168,O 1168.0 1168,O 1168,O 1168,O 1168,O 1168,O 1168,O 1168,O 1168,O 1219,0 1219.0 1219,0 1219,0 1219.0 1219,0 1219.0 1219.0 1219,0 1219,0 1219,0 1219,0 1219,0 1219.0 1219,0 1219,0 1219,0 1219.0

12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30.2 31,8

1142.6 1139,4 1136,2 1133,0 1129,8 1126,8 1123.6 1120.4 1117,2 1114,0 1110,8 1107,6 1104,4 1201.6 1200.0 1198.4 1196,8 1195,2 1193,6 1190,4 1187,2 1184,0 1180.8 1177.8 1174.6 1171,4 1168.2 1165.0 1161.8 1158,6 1155,4

87 9.5 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17.5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25.4 27,0 28,6 30.2 31,8

masses

and test

pressures*) Minimum

(to

be ordered

test pressure4),

according

to outside

diameter)

100 kPa5)

L2106’

L2456’

L290

L320

L360

L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

29 32 36 39 43 46 50 54 57 61 64 68 72 18 20 21 23 25 26 30 33 36 39 43 46 49 53 56 59 62 66

33 38 42 46 50 54 58 63 67 71 75 79 84 21 23 25 27 29 31 34 38 42 46 50 54 57 61 65 69 73 77

59 67 74 82 89 96 104 111 119 126 134 141 148 37 41 44 48 51 54 61 68 75 82 88 95 102 109 116 122 129 136

65 74 82 90 98 106 114 123 131 139 147 156 164 41 45 49 52 56 60 68 75 83 90 97 105 112 120 128 135 143 150

74 83 92 101 111 119 129 138 147 156 166 175 184 46 51 55 59 63 68 76 85 93 102 110 118 127 135 144 152 161 169

80 90 100 110 120 129 139 149 159 170 180 190 200 50 55 59 64 69 73 82 92 101 110 119 128 137 146 155 165 174 183

85 96 106 117 128 138 148 159 170 180 191 202 207 53 58 63 68 73 78 88 97 107 117 126 136 146 156 165 175 185 195

92 104 115 127 138 149 161 172 184 196 207 207 207 58 63 68 74 79 84 95 106 116 127 137 148 158 169 179 190 201 207

99 112 124 137 149 161 173 186 198 207 207 207 207 62 68 74 79 85 91 102 114 125 137 148 159 170 182 193 205 207 207

112 127 141 155 169 182 197 207 207 207 207 207 207 71 77 84 90 97 103 116 129 142 155 167 180 193 206 207 207 207 207

I) Outside diameter and wall thickness dimensions shown are subject to tolerances as described in 7.6.8. Inside diameters are nominal and are given here for information (see 7.6.2). !) Test pressures apply to the standard grades. For pressures applicable for other grades see 8.10.9.3. 4) The test pressures have been calculated on the basis of the formula in 8.10.9.3 as standard test pressure considering specified maximum values (see table 15). 5) 100 kPA = 1 bar 5) An alternative test pressure (1,25x standard test pressure, rounded to the next higher 100 kPA with a maximum value of 19 300 kPa to be considered) may br requested.



--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Table

9 (continue4


52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56


line pipe

Wall thickness

dimensions’),

masses

and test

pressures2) Minimum

Inside diameter


according

to outside

diameter)

100 kPa5)

M

D mm

T mm

d mm

L2106’

L2456’

L290

L320

L360

L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

206,76 223,72 241,20 258,ll 275,Ol 308,74 342.93 377,03 410,51 443,91 477,76 51 I,53 544,68 577.75 611,26 644,69 677.51 222,78 241,06 259,91 278.15 296,37 332,75 369.63 406.42 442.55 478,60 515,14

1321,0 1321,0 1321,0 1321,0 1321,0 1321,0 1321,0 1321,0 1321,0 1321,0 1321,0 1321,0 1321,0 1321,0 1321,0 1321,0 1321,0 1422,0 1422,0 1422,0 1422,0 1422,0 1422,0 1422,0 1422,0 1422,0 1422,0 1422,O

9.5 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8 9.5 IO,3 11,l II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17.5 19,l 20,6 22,2

1302,O 1300,4 1298,8 1297,2 1295,6 1292.4 1289.2 1286,0 1282.8 1279.8 1276,6 1273,4 1270.2 1267,0 1263.8 1260.6 1257,4 1403,o 1401,4 1399.8 1398.2 1396.6 1393.4 1390,2 1387,0 1383,8 1380,8 1377,6

16 20 21 23 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45 48 52 55 58 61 17 18 20 21 23 25 28 31 34 37 39

21 23 25 26 28 32 35 39 43 46 49 53 57 60 64 67 71 20 21 23 25 26 30 33 36 39 43 46

38 41 44 47 50 57 63 69 75 81 88 94 100 107 113 119 126 35 38 41 44 47 52 58 64 70 76 81

41 45 48 52 55 62 69 76 83 90 97 104 111 118 125 132 139 38 42 45 48 51 58 64 71 77 83 90

47 51 54 58 62 70 78 86 94 101 109 117 125 132 140 148 156 43 47 51 54 58 65 72 80 87 94 101

50 55 59 63 67 76 84 93 102 109 118 126 135 143 152 160 169 47 51 55 59 63 71 78 86 94 102 110

54 58 63 67 72 81 90 99 108 116 126 135 144 153 162 171 180 50 54 58 63 67 75 84 92 100 108 117

58 63 68 73 78 88 97 107 117 126 136 146 156 166 175 185 195 54 59 63 68 72 81 91 100 109 117 126

63 68 73 79 84 95 105 116 126 136 147 157 168 178 189 200 207 58 63 68 73 78 88 98 107 117 126 136

71 77 83 89 95 107 119 131 143 154 166 178 190 202 207 207 207 66 72 77 83 88 100 111 122 133 143 155

1) Outside diameter and wall thickness dimensions shown are subject to tolerances as described in 7.6.8. Inside diameters are nominal and are given here for information (see 7.6.2). 2) Test pressures apply to the standard grades. For pressures applicable for other grades see 8.10.9.3. 4) The test pressures have been calculated on the basis of the formula in 8.10.9.3 as standard test pressure considering specified maximum values (see table 15). 5) 100 kPA= 1 bar 6) An alternative test pressure (1,25x standard test pressure, rounded to the next higher 100 kPA with a maximum value of 19 300 kPa to be considered) may bc requested.



--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Table

Table

9 (continued)

Designation Mass Size M 56 56 56 56 56 56 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64

- Plain-end Outside diameter D

line pipe

551,60 587,40 623,12 659.32 695,45 730,91 238,80 258,40 278,62 298,19 317,73 356,76 396,33 435,82 474,59 513,29 552,52 591,67 630,12 668,48 707,38 746,20 784,31 254,82 275,75 297.33 318,33 339,09 380,77 423,03 465,21 506.63 547,98 589.90

Inside diameter d

Wall thickness T

mm 1422,0 1422,0 1422,0 1422,0 1422,0 1422,0 1524,0 1524,0 1524,0 1524,0 1524,0 1524,0 1524,0 1524,0 1524,0 1524,0 1524,0 1524.0 1524,0 1524,0 1524,0 1524,0 1524,0 1626,0 1626,0 1626,0 1626,0 1626,0 1626,0 1626,0 1626,0 1626,0 1626,0 1626,0

dimensions’),

mm 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8 92 10.3 II,1 11,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8 93 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2

masses

and test

pressures2) Minimum

(to be ordered test pressure4!

according

to outside

diameter)

100 kPa5)

L2106)

L245(j)

L290

L320

L360

L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

42 45 48 51 54 56 16 17 18 20 21 24 26 29 32 34 37 39 42 45 47 50 53 15 16 17 18 20 22 25 27 30 32 34

49 53 56 59 62 66 18 20 21 23 25 28 31 34 37 40 43 48 49 52 55 58 61 17 19 20 22 23 26 29 32 35 37 40

87 93 99 105 111 117 33 35 38 41 44 49 54 60 65 71 76 82 87 92 98 103 109 30 33 36 38 41 46 51 56 61 66 71

96 103 109 116 122 129 36 39 42 45 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120 34 36 39 42 45 51 56 62 68 73 79

108 116 123 130 138 145 40 44 47 51 54 61 68 74 81 88 94 101 108 115 122 128 135 38 41 44 47 51 57 63 70 76 82 88

117 125 133 141 149 157 44 47 51 55 59 66 73 81 88 95 102 110 117 124 132 139 146 41 44 48 51 55 62 69 76 82 89 96

125 133 142 150 159 167 47 50 54 58 62 70 78 86 94 101 109 117 125 132 140 148 156 44 47 51 55 58 66 73 80 88 95 102

136 145 154 163 172 181 50 55 59 63 68 76 85 93 102 109 118 126 135 144 152 161 169 47 51 55 59 63 71 79 87 95 103 111

146 156 166 176 185 195 54 59 64 68 73 82 91 100 109 118 127 136 146 155 164 173 182 51 55 60 64 68 77 85 94 103 111 119

166 177 188 199 207 207 62 67 72 77 83 93 103 114 124 134 144 155 165 175 186 196 207 58 63 68 72 77 87 97 107 116 125 135

mm 1374,4 1371,2 1368,0 1364,8 1361.6 1358,4 1505,o 1503,4 1501,8 1500,2 1498,6 1495,4 1492,2 1489,0 1485,8 1482,8 1479,6 1476,4 1473,2 1470,o 1466,8 1463,6 1460,4 1607,O 1605,4 1603,8 1602,2 1600,6 1597,4 1594.2 1591,0 1587,8 1584.8 1581,6

I) Outside diameter and wall thickness dimensions shown are subject to tolerances as described in 7.6.8. inside diameters are nominal and are given here fo information (see7.6.2). !) Test pressures applytothe standard grades. For pressures applicable for other grades see 8.10.9.3. I) Thetestpressures have been calculated on the basis ofthe formula in 8.10.9.3 as standardtestpressure considering specified maximum values (see table 15). i) lOOkPA=l bar ;) An alternative test pressure (1,25x standard test pressure, roundedtothe next higher 100 kPA with a maximum value of 19 300 kPato be considered) may bc requested.

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright International Organization for Standardization Provided by IHS under license with ISO No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS ~,--7r)-~-.--.--.-

_

-_

-

--

.-

-.

Licensee=Aramco HQ/9980755100 Not for Resale, 04/12/2006 02:18:28 MDT ~~~~1~

._

__

-.

. ..-

.__~__.

-.-

~-;-.-.

__

Table

9 (continued)

Designation Mass Size M 64 64 64 64 64 64 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72

631,75 672,84 713,85 755,44 796,95 837,71 338,26 360,45 404,77 449,73 494,60 538,67 582,66 627.28 671,82 715,56 759,22 803,50 847,70 891,ll 381,81 428.78 476,43 523,99 570,71 617,35 664,66 711,89 758.28 804,59

- Plain-end Outside diameter D mm 1626,0 1626,0 1626,0 1626,0 1626,0 1626,0 1727.00 1727,00 1727,00 1727,00 1727,00 1727,00 1727,00 1727.00 1727,00 1727,00 1727,00 1727,00 1727,00 1727,OO 1829,00 1829.00 1829.00 1829.00 1829.00 1829,00 1829,00 1829,00 1829,00 1829,00

line pipe

Wall thickness T mm 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8 11.90 12,70 14,30 15,90 17,50 19,lO 20,60 22,20 23,80 25.40 27,00 28,60 30,20 31,80 12,70 14,30 15,90 17,50 19,lO 20,60 22,20 23,80 25,40 27,00

dimensionsl),

inside diameter d mm 1578,4 1575,2 1572,0 1568,8 1565,6 1562,4 1703,2 1701,6 1698,4 1695,2 1692.0 1688,8 1685,8 1682,6 1679,4 1676,2 1673,0 1669.8 1666,6 1663,4 1803.6 1800,4 1797.2 1794,0 1790,8 1787.8 1784,6 1781.4 1778.2 1775,0

masses

and test

pressures*) Minimum


according

to outside

diameter)

100 kPa5)

L2106’

L2456’

L290

L320

L360

L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

37 39 42 44 47 49 17 19 21 23 26 28 30 32 35 37 39 42 44 46 17 20 22 24 26 28 31 33 35 37

43 46 49 52 55 57 20 22 24 27 30 33 35 38 41 43 46 49 51 54 20 23 26 28 31 33 36 38 41 43

76 82 87 92 97 102 36 38 43 48 53 58 62 67 72 77 82 86 91 96 36 41 45 50 55 59 63 68 72 77

84 90 96 101 107 113 40 42 48 53 58 64 69 74 79 85 90 95 101 106 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85

95 101 108 114 120 127 45 48 54 60 66 72 77 83 89 95 101 107 113 119 45 51 56 62 68 73 79 84 90 96

103 110 117 123 130 137 48 52 58 65 71 78 84 90 97 103 110 116 123 129 49 55 61 67 73 79 85 91 97 104

109 117 124 131 139 146 51 55 62 69 76 83 89 96 103 110 117 124 131 138 52 58 65 71 78 84 91 97 104 110

119 127 135 142 150 158 56 60 67 75 82 90 97 104 112 119 127 134 142 149 56 63 70 78 85 91 98 105 112 120

128 136 145 154 162 171 60 64 72 80 88 97 104 112 120 128 136 145 153 161 61 68 76 84 91 98 106 114 121 129

145 155 164 174 184 194 68 73 82 91 100 109 118 127 136 146 155 164 173 182 69 77 86 95 103 112 120 129 137 146

I) Outside diameter and wall thickness dimensions shown are subject to tolerances as described in 7.6.8. Inside diameters are nominal and are given here for information (see7.6.2). !) Test pressures applytothe standard grades.Forpressures applicableforothergradessee8.10.9.3. I) The test pressures have been calculated on the basis of the formula in 8.10.9.3 as standard test pressure considering specified maximum values (see table 15). 5) lOOkPA= 1 bar i) An alternative test pressure (1,25x standard test pressure, roundedtothe next higher 100 kPA with a maximum value of 19 300 kPa to be considered) may be requested.

Y Copyright International Organization for Standardization Provided by IHS under license with ISO No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

c al z .-s -0 42 .3 2

8 up! 2 !z ‘6 f

.-E ‘El 0 8 z iii E 0 $ 0 z si 8 5 --``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

% i;

E i I-‘E E

8

NWT-brnrnr-h cowmm)c)~-fLc !

+-

t E -9 -in

E ” Z ? .-E m Q I s

6 wmt-mN*bm s **wrNNNw rl I

;

E z

.: P

gwmt-N!,me-e*w

0

%

s E z

8%

2

x d ‘El f ul

t S&,E ‘f f - .u = 8 m c L %E 5 L L!g 3 EQ =lu 3%

I

pp: q ‘9 t ‘9 t n! 9 o? rww*-wwr bwwoommm Ebbf-mmaJoJm cr-rrcr77 00000000 E ‘9 N, aa Y ? Q! LD.‘: EwOrN-tw~ffl Np-Jmrrrrr

ww*Noww**Nowww*Noww* m: m’N’6 cdN’G cdpj d r-: c-40: r; & ,’ ao’ 4 ; cd wwwbbbwwoommmWWW~i-r-W wwwwwwwwoomm~mmmmmmm I-FrrrrrrNNrr

00000000000000000000 wr4w*owr4wmmws-wNw*owr4w 0‘ N’ 05 m’ IQ aj 0’ G d d NNNNNNmmr~rrNNNNNNmm

7FcrFccr

I; 6

d

ru‘ Fi d

I-Z 125 d

E Q, 1 9 I-

G

00000000000000000000 00000000 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 Is oj 6 d d 0’ 0‘ d 900000000NNNNNNNNNNNN mmommmmmmmmmm~mmmmmm E NNNmmmmm wwwmmmmm mmmmmmmmoooooooooooo r-r--rrrrNNNNNNNNNNNN ~~~r-~~~

5

8

! 7 E i E ‘Z E ii x s b.s 8 % E: E 0 P 5 ‘C a2 al 0 0 E ii 8 c6 ?I cd r-: z CTjE .5 ojh B $Z P OjB b UE $ I+.j u $= : 02 FW I 0-J: 2 taq 2 50! s 00 8 5: s 2 .E H $2 3 .o iz EL E’ g-” f u)a 25 $ Z% z .I? z h2 LP ii OQ) 2 u1s i? $c -00 E 2-J b 08 I E; E 4” ‘5 =E EaQg = (D &2 _. 3 ,gs 2 ~cljkc ,I-:gm a,allJE =g %a EVIti? zo *m_c 2 $! F U.“~rlII ati;oxaLS UEhaCL82 .E&&yo”g l3~~~~~

2 ro 5 .E

0

.a$

38



is c “, a B ti s

2 zE fi E 2 E 8 2 s k E 2 % zi P E z R z 0 AZ .Y 3 a B 8 is c .P 2z % z B -0 G 5 2 E! z I k x B E 4 5w X

q T s! i? 1 h $i $i ‘S Ed

e

0 IS0

7.6.8 7.6.8.1

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

Tolerances Outside

The outside

on dimensions diameter

diameter

Pipe body I48,3 mm

and masses

D

tolerances

shall be as follows:

. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..*........................................................................*....................*................. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. ... ..... .. ... ..

+ I,00 %

.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. ... .. ... .. ... .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. . .. .. .. .. ... . .. .. .. .. .. .. ... ... ... .... .. .

+ 0,75 %

60,3 mm to 114,3 mm grade L175, butt-weld 60,3 mm to 457,0 mm

+ 0,41 mm - 0,79 mm

only

508,O mm to 914,0 mm *......................................................................*.......................................... Non-expanded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..~........................................................ Cold expanded > 914,0 mm Non-expanded Cold expanded

. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. . .. ... .. .. .. ... .. ... .. .. ... .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. . .. ... . ... .. . ... .. . .. .. .. ... .. .... . ... ... . .. .. .. ... . .. .. ... . ... .. .. .. ... .. ... .. .. ... ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... . .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. ... .. ... .. ... .. .

NOTE 6 In the case of cold expanded pipe outside diameter > 914,0 mm hydrostatically of standard test pressures, other tolerances may be agreed upon between manufacturer

7.6.8.2

+ I,00 % + 0,75 % - 0,25 % + I,00 % + 6,35 mm - 3,20 mm

tested to pressures and purchaser.

in excess

Pipe ends

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

For a distance of 101,6 mm from the end of the pipe, pipe outside diameters I273,l mm shall not be more than 0,40 mm smaller than the specified outside diameter and shall permit the passage, over the ends, of a ring gauge which has a bore I,59 mm larger than the specified outside diameter of the pipe. For a distance of 101,6 mm from the end of the pipe, pipe outside diameters between 323,9 mm and 508,O mm inclusive, shall not be more than 0,79 mm smaller than the specified outside diameter and shall permit the passage, over the ends, of a ring gauge which has a bore 2,38 mm larger than the specified outside diameter of the pipe. For pipe with filler metal welds, it shall be permissible passage of the gauge over the weld bead.

to notch

At the option of the manufacturer, diameter tape.

diameters

minimum

pipe outside

or slot the ring gauge

I508,O

to permit

mm may be measured

the

with a

For a distance of 101,6 mm from the end of the pipe, pipe outside diameters > 508,O mm shall be neither more than 0,79 mm smaller nor more than 2,38 mm larger than the specified outside diameter, as measured with a diameter tape. By agreement between the interested applied instead to the inside diameter.

parties,

at the ends the tolerance

on outside

diameter

may

be

On welded expanded pipe with outside diameters > 508,O mm the diameter, measured at one end of the pipe with a diameter tape, shall not differ by more than 2,38 mm from that of the other end. At the manufacturer’s option, these measurements may be made on the inside diameter.



IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

7.6.8.3

0 IS0

Out-of-roundness

For pipe outside

diameters

> 508,O mm, and for a distance

of 101,6 mm from the end of the pipe,

-

the maximum

outside

diameter

shall not be more than 1 % larger than specified,

-

the minimum

outside

diameter

shall not be more than 1 % smaller than specified,

measured maximum 7.6.8.4

with a bar gauge diameters.

caliper

or other

device

of measuring

the actual

minimum

and

Wall thickness

The wall thickness

tolerances

shall be consistent

with those given in table 10.

Table 10 -Wall Outside

diameter

thickness

and type of pipe

1I 73,0 mm, seamless and welded

I

L175.L21O,L245 + 20,o

I

+ 18,0 - 12,5 -I- 15,0 - 12,5 + 17,5 - 10.0 + 15,0 - 12.5

101,6 mm to 457,0 mm, seamless and welded I508,O mm, welded

I

tolerances

Wall thickness

88,9 mm, seamless and welded

5 508,O mm, seamless

7.6.8.5

capable

and

tolerances 1 I

in %

L290to L555 + 15,0 + + +

I

15,0 12,5 15,0 12,5 19,5 - 8.0 + 17,5 - 10.0

I

I

Mass

Single lengths: Threaded-, regular-mass extra-strong and double-extra-strong

Special plain-end

pipe, except grade L175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

pipe or grade L175 pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

+ 10% - 3,5 % + 10% - 5%

Carload lots: All grades, except L175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . grade L175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... A carload

is considered

to be a minimum

- I,75 % - 2,5 %

of 18 144 kg.

When a wall thickness minus tolerance less than that shown above is agreed upon between the interested parties, the plus tolerances shall be increased by an amount (percentage) equal to the decrease in minus tolerance, and the plus mass tolerance shall be increased to 22,5 % less than the wall thickness minus tolerance. Mass tolerances apply to the calculated masses for plain-end pipe.


masses

for threaded-and-coupled

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


pipe and to the tabulated

i

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

7.6.8.6

Length

The pipe shall be delivered

in lengths

as specified

Table IINominal

Lengths

6 12

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

6 12 15 18 24 NOTE - Nominal “double random

lengths of 6 m were lenaths”.

1) By agreement

between

on lengths

length

formerly

the interested

Pipe ends and thread

7.6.9.1

and tolerances

Minimum average length for each order item’) m m Threaded-and-coupled pipe 4,88 5,33 6,71 IO,67 Plain-end pipe 2,74 5.33 4,27 IO,67 5,33 13,35 6,40 16,00 8,53 21,34

Minimum

length m

7.6.9

in table 11.

designated

“single

parties these tolerances

random

lengths”,

Maximum

length

m 6,86 13,72 6,86 13,72 16,76 19,81 25,91 and those

of 12 m

shall apply to each carload.

protectors

Pipe ends - General

Pipe shall be made threaded or plain-end as set forth in tables 6, 7, 8 and 9 or with bell and spigot ends in accordance with 7.6.9.4. Extra-strong line pipes shall be made with plain ends, except that the ends shall be threaded-and-coupled if so specified on the purchase order. Spiral weld may not be threaded. The inside and outside edges of the ends of all pipe shall be free of burrs.

7.6.9.2

Threaded

ends

Threaded ends shall conform to the threading, thread inspection and gauging requirements specified in IS0 10422, latest edition. One end of each length of threaded pipe shall be provided with a coupling conforming to the requirements of annex C in effect at the date of manufacture of each coupling (see note 71, and the other end with thread protection conforming to the requirements of 7.6.9.6. Couplings shall be screwed onto the pipe handling-tight (see note 81, except that they shall be applied power-tight if so specified on the purchase order. A thread compound shall be applied to cover the full surface of either the coupling or pipe engaged thread before making up the joint. All exposed threads shall be coated with this thread compound. Unless otherwise specified on the purchase order, the manufacturer may use any thread compound which meets the performance objectives set forth in API Bulletin 5A2. A storage compound of distinct colour may be substituted for this thread compound on all exposed threads. Whichever compound is used, it shall be applied to a surface that is clean and reasonably free of moisture and cuttings fluids. NOTES 7 Unless otherwise specified threaded and coupled product 8 Handling

on the purchase be manufactured

tight shall be defined

as sufficiently

order it is not mandatory that both the pipe and coupling to the same edition of this standard. tight that the coupling

cannot be removed

of each

except by use of a wrench.

9 The purpose of making-up couplings handling-tight is to facilitate removal of the couplings for cleaning and inspecting threads and applying fresh thread compound before laying the pipe. This procedure has been found necessary to prevent thread leakage, especially in gas lines, because manufacturer applied couplings made up powertight, although leak-proof at the time of make-up, may not always remain so after transportation, handling and laying.



IS0

0 IS0

3183-1:1996(E)

7.6.9.3

Plain ends

Unless otherwise ordered, plain-end pipe (other diameter shall be furnished with ends bevelled perpendicular to the axis of the pipe, and with a end pipe with outside diameters 2 60,3 mm shall above) are specified on the purchase order. For maintain the root face tolerance, the angle of the be no larger than that listed below. Specified

than double-extra-strong pipe) with 2 60,3 mm outside on an angle of 30”‘: measured from a line drawn root face of (I,59 f 0,79) mm. Double-extra strong plainbe made with square-cut ends, unless bevelled ends (as seamless pipe where internal machining is required to internal taper, measured from the longitudinal axis, shall

Maximum

wall thickness

IO,6 14,l

< to to >

angle of taper

degrees

mm

7

IO,6 14,l

93 11

16,9 16,9

14

For the removal of an internal burr on welded pipe outside diameters measured from the longitudinal axis, shall be no larger than 7”.

> 114,3 mm the internal

taper,

The end finish of pipe outside diameters < 60,3 mm shall be specified on the purchase order. For pipe outside diameters 2 60,3 mm the pipe ends shall be cut within I,59 mm. Pipe ends from each end-finishing machine shall be checked for compliance at least three times per 8-hour working shift. Both ends of pipe with filler metal welds shall have the inside approximately 101,6 mm from the end of the pipe.

reinforcement

NOTE 10 The purchaser is directed to the applicable code for the recommended 7.6.9.4

removed

for a distance

of

angle of pipe bevel.

Belled ends

When so specified on the purchase order, pipe with wall thickness 5 3,58 mm shall be furnished end belled for bell and spigot joints in accordance with figure 2. The belled end shall be visually for workmanship and injurious defects.

Dimensions

+0,8 mm d of bell = D of pipe + 1.6 mm 0 mm (to be measured 6.4 mm from end)

Minimum depth of bell

L

End bevel optional

Figure 2 - Belled end for bell and spigot joint

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



with one inspected

in millimetres

0 IS0

7.6.9.5

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

Plain ends for special couplings

When so specified on the purchase order, pipe shall be made with ends suitable for use with special couplings (see note 11). Such pipe shall be sufficiently free from indentations, projections, or roll marks for a distance of 203 mm from the end of the pipe, to permit proper make-up coupling. Note 11 Dresser and Victaulic are examples for suitable products available commercially. This information is given for the convenience of the user of this part of IS0 3183 and does not constitute an endorsement by IS0 of these products.

Thread protectors

On nominal pipe sizes smaller than 2, the thread protectors shall be suitable fabric wrappings, or suitable metal, fiber, or plastic protectors. On nominal pipe sizes 2 and larger, the thread protectors shall be of such design, material, and mechanical strength to protect the thread and end of the pipe from damage under normal handling and transportation. The thread protectors shall cover the full length of the thread on the pipe and exclude water and dirt from the thread during transportation and normal storage period. Normal storage period shall be considered as approximately one year. The thread formed in protectors shall be such that the pipe threads are not damaged by the protectors. Protector material shall contain no compounds capable of causing corrosion or promoting adherence of the protectors to the threads and shall be suitable for service temperatures of -46 “C to +66 “C.

8 8.1 8.1.1

Testing

and inspection

Type of documents

on inspection

and testing

General

Upon request by the purchaser, the manufacturer shall provide a document of compliance stating that the material has been manufactured, sampled, tested and inspected in accordance with this part of IS0 3183 and has been found to meet the requirements. Where additional information is required, including the results of mechanical testing, SR6 (see annex D) or one of the inspection documents of IS0 10474 shall be specified on the purchase order. 8.1.2

Test reports

on chemical

analysis

The results of all specified chemical analysis shall be available to the purchaser specified by the purchaser (see annex D), a report containing all chemical specification shall be provided by the manufacturer. For grade L175, in place of the test report, produced in conformity with the requirements

8.2

Purchaser

For the purchaser’s

8.3

Retention

upon request. When SR6 is analyses required by this

the manufacturer may certify that the pipe delivered was for chemical properties and tests of this part of IS0 3183.

inspection inspection

see annex F.

of records

Tests and inspections requiring retention of records in this part of IS0 3183 are shown in table 12. Such records shall be retained by the manufacturer and shall be made available to the purchaser upon request for a period of three years after the date of purchase from the manufacturer.



--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

7.6.9.6

0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

Table 12 - Retention

8.4.1

Reference

Requirement Chemical composition Cast analysis Product analysis Mechanical tests Tensile tests Weld tensile tests Mill control tests Guided bend tests Fracture toughness tests Hydrostatic tests Tester recorder charts (where used) Supplementary hydrostatic tests Non-destructive inspection Film (where used) Fluoroscopic operator qualifications Welded jointers Film Repair welding procedure Transverse tensile test Transverse guided bend test Nick break test Procedure specification Procedure qualification Personnel performance qualification Calibration tests

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

8.4

of records

Testing

of chemical

Elements

7.2 8.4.2 8.4.3 8.5 8.5.1.1 8.5.1.1 8.5.1.1 8.5.1.4 8.5.1,6, 8.6

! I !/ I

SR3, SR4

8.10.9.2 8.10.9.4 8.9 8.10.11.1

I i

8.10.11.2.2

! i,

A.4 B.2.2.2 8.2.2.3 B.2.2.4 B.l 8.2 8.3 various paragraphs

t I I [ 4

I 1 $, I

composition

analysed

As a minimum, each required analysis shall include the determination of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur and silicon; niobium, vanadium, titanium, or combinations thereof, if added during steelmaking; and any other alloying element added during steelmaking for other than deoxidation purpose. 8.4.2

Cast analysis

The steel manufacturer shall determine the analysis of each cast of steel used in the manufacture of pipe specified on the purchase order. The analysis so determined shall conform to the requirements of 7.2.1. For grade L555, cast analysis

limits have not been defined,

only product

analysis

i; 1 1: :’ i I / / I, ! [ / I

limits. I

8.4.3 8.4.3.1

Product

analysis

Sampling

frequency

The manufacturer shall determine the analysis of two samples production of pipe under this part of IS0 3183. 8.4.3.2

Sampling

representing

each cast of steel used for the j

methods

Seamless pipe At the option of the manufacturer, samples specimens or from the finished pipe.

used for product

analysis

shall be taken either from tensile test

44



I I I i. 1 I i [

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Welded pipe At the option of the manufacturer, samples used for product analysis shall be taken from either finished pipe, plate, strip, tensile test specimens or flattening test specimens. The location of the samples shall be a minimum of 90” from the weld, of longitudinally welded pipe. For spiral weld, the sample location shall be at a position of not less than one-quarter the distance between adjacent weld convolutions as measured from either edge of the weld. For pipe manufactured from plate or strip, the product analysis may be made by the supplier of the plate or strip providing the analyses are made in accordance with the frequency requirement of this part of IS0 3183.

8.5

Testing

For double 8.5.1

of mechanical

seam welded

Testing

851.1

and technological

characteristics

pipes all weld tests shall be performed

after forming

and welding.

frequency

Tensile test

Tensile tests shall be made at the frequency

shown

in table 13.

Table 13 - Frequency Size designation 5 1 112 nominal size grade L175 welded 2 2 nominal size grade L175 welded

Tensile tests 1 per 25 t or fraction thereof

I 141,3 mm except for grade L175 welded 2 168,3 mm to 323,9 mm > 323,9 mm

1 per 400 lengths

219,l

of tensile testing Control tensile tests

Weld tensile tests

I

/

1 per 50 t or fraction thereof

1 per 200 lengths 1 per 100 lengths per cold expansion amount’) I 1 per 200 lengths

mm to 323,9 mm

> 323,9 mm

1 per 100 lengths’) per cold expansion amount*)

I

1) Pipe manufactured with the same nominal same cold expansion amount. 2) Each weld for two-seam pipe

amount

of cold expansion

+ 0,2 % shall

38 considered

to have the

One control tensile test per cast shall be made and a record of such test shall be available to the purchaser for pipe other than grade Ll75. For longitudinal seam welded pipe, such tensile tests shall be made using samples taken from either plate or strip or finished pipe at the option of the manufacturer. 851.2 -

Electric-welded l

l

-

One sample

test for electric-welded

welded

pipe grades higher than L175 non-expanded from

each crop

end (2 per coil) and two

pipe (see also figure 3)

in multiple

samples

pipe grades higher than L175 non-expanded

of two

lengths. different

intermediate

lengths.

of a multiple length, flattening tests with the from each side of the weld stop and may be produced

in single length.

One sample from each crop end (2 per single length).

Grade L175 welded, l

and continuous

When a weld stop condition occurs during production weld at 90” shall be made from the crop ends resulting substituted for the intermediate flattening test.

Electric-welded l

-

Flattening

outside

diameter

2 73,0 mm.

One test from one length per lot of 50 t or fraction

thereof.

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



IS0

-

3183-1:1996(E)

Electric-welded l

0 IS0

pipe grades higher than L175 cold expanded.

One test, 101,6 mm min. in length, per lot of 100 lengths

or less, each size.

Intermediate Crop end one sample CD

CD

CD Two samples, one from each of two different intermediate lengths 1 I

I Flatten with weld at 90’

Electric-welded

CD

1

Flatten with weld at 0’

Flatten with weld at 90”

pipe grades higher than L175, non-expanded

Crop end one sample CD

in multiple

CD

Flatten with weld at 90”

Electric-welded

lengths

Crop end one sample


pipe grades higher than L175, non-expanded

produced

in single length

-Lot of 50 tons or fraction thereof

One test from one length

Grade L175 welded

pipe, outside

diameter

2 73,0 mm


-P Lot of 100 lengths or less each size

Electric-welded

One test 101.6 mm min. in length

pipe grades higher than L175, cold expanded

Figure 3 - Flattening

tests (see 8.5.1.2 and 8.5.2.2)

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

46


Crop end one sample


IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

8.5.1.3

Bend test

Bend tests are applied for welded -

one test per 25 t or fraction

grade L175 pipe of nominal

thereof,

nominal

size 2 and smaller

with a frequency

of

size 1 l/2 and smaller

and -one test per 50 t, or fraction 8.5.1.4

Manipulation

Submerged

thereof,

for pipe of nominal

tests for submerged

arc- and gas metal arc-welded

size 2.

arc- and gas metal arc-welds pipe shall be tested by the guided-bend

test.

Two test specimens shall be taken from the helical or each longitudinal seam weld in a length of pipe from each lot of 50 lengths or less of each combination of outside diameter, wall thickness, and grade; and from a strip end weld in length of pipe from each lot of 50 lengths or less of each combination of outside diameter wall thickness, and grade of finished helical seam pipe containing strip end welds. 8.5.1.5

Weld ductility

For electric-welded table 14.

test

pipe one test shall be made on a length

Table 14 - Test frequency Outside

Grade

of pipe from

for electric-welded

each lot size as indicated

pipe Lot size No. of lengths

diameter mm

L175, L210 and L245

60,3 to 141,3

400 or less

L175, L210 and L245

168,3 to 323,9

200 or less

L290 and hinher

60,3 to 323,9

200 or less

1355.6

100 or less

1 All grades

For multiple-length

pipe, a length shall be considered

The weld ductility test may also serve appropriate amounts of flattening. 8.5.1.6

Fracture

toughness

in

as each section cut from a particular

as one of the flattening

tests

of 8.5.1.2

multiple

by compliance

I

length. with

tests

(Lot size, see SR3 and SR4 in annex D.) 8.5.1.6.1

For grade L555 three specimens

representing

-

from one length of pipe from each cast for determining

-

from each lot for determining

the absorbed

one test shall be taken the shear area,

energy.

8.5.1.6.2 For grade L555 three specimens shall be taken from one length of pipe from each cast supplied in the order for drop weight tear testing on welded pipe of all diameters. 8.5.1.7

Metallographic

examination

Such examinations shall be performed at least once per working turn, or more frequently where grade, diameter, or wall thickness changes are made, or where significant excursions from operating heattreatment conditions are encountered for the grades covered in 7.4.

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



47

0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Location

8.5.2 8.5.2.1

and orientation

of test pieces for mechanical

and technological

tests

Tensile test

Tensile test orientation shall be as shown in figure 4. At the option of the manufacturer for longitudinal seam welded pipe, the longitudinal specimens may be taken from the strip parallel to the rolling directions and approximately midway between edge and centre.

Weld tensile figure 4.

test specimens

shall be taken at 90” to the weld with the weld

at the centre,

as shown

in

1 1 f b,

Size designation

Welded pipe

Seamless pipe Longitudinal

I

Helical seam

seam

F 1 i t

&

@

Q@

1

-z 8 51%

j

A

A

a

1 k

a 1

&

,8oe&

@

I k 1. ::

2 8 51%

f (’ 1~

1;

C

i-

A = Strip specimen (any circumferential location for seamless). B = Transverse specimen (any circumferential location for seamless). pipe the specimen shall be taken from a location midway between C = Transverse weld specimen. Figure 4 - Orientation

1.

For double the welds.

seam

i

1. /

of tensile test specimens

1. 1 !, i

8.5.2.2 -

Flattening

Electric-welded

test (see also figure 3) pipe grades higher than L175 non-expanded

in multiple

I i

lengths.

I

-

l

Specimen

with end of coil location to be flattened

l

Specimen

from intermediate

Electric-welded l

locations

with weld at 90”.

to be flattened

with weld at 0”.

pipe grades higher than L175 non-expanded

Samples from the crop end locations to be flattened 50 % of them with a weld position at 90”.

; /

produced

!

in single length.

50 % of them with

a weld position

I

of 0” and

; /

1,



i 1

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

-

Cold expanded electric-welded outside diameter > 73 mm. l

Samples

to be flattened

pipe grades higher than L175 and all other welded

pipe, in grade L175,

with weld at 90”.

NOTE 12 Flattening tests with the weld at the 0” orientation may be conducted at 180” and the 90” orientation at 270” by agreement between the interested parties. 8.5.2.3

Bend test

A full-section 8.5.2.4

specimen

of appropriate

Manipulation

length shall be taken for bending.

tests for submerged

arc- and gas metal arc-welds

For the guided-bend test the test specimens one face-bend and one root-bend, both conforming figure 5, shall be taken from the helical or longitudinal weld and shall not contain repair welds. 8.5.2.5

Weld ductility

For the weld ductility 8.5.2.6

test test a full-section

Fracture toughness

The specimens notch oriented

specimen

of 50,8 mm minimum

Metallographic

specimens

from a location 90” from the weld, with the axis of the as shown in figure D.2. For pipe outside diameters

shall be used.

examination

The test specimen

shall be taken from a weld cross-section.

8.6

test

Hydrostatic

Each length of pipe shall withstand, without pressure and holding time specified in 8.10.9.

8.7

Dimensional

8.7.1 Consistency defined in 8.10.10.

testing

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

8.7.2 For pipe outside diameters pipe shall be made on a random working turn.

hydrostatic

test to at least the

shall be ensured

by adequate

methods

as

2 114,3 mm the outside diameter measurements on the body of the basis; there shall not be less than three measurements per 8-hour

Each length of pipe shall be measured

8.7.4

Pipe outside

All other pipe shall be random

an inspection

and mass requirements

8.7.3

diameters

a leakage,

and weighing

with all dimensional


length shall be used.

test

shall be oriented circumferentially through the pipe wall thickness

I 168,3 mm, longitudinal 8.5.2.7

to

for conformity

with wall thickness

requirements.

c 114,3 mm in grades L175, L210 and L245 shall be reasonably checked for conformity

with straightness

straight.

requirements.


IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

8.8

0 IS0

Visual examination

All pipe shall be visually

examined

8.9

testing

Non-destructive

(see annex G).

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Except for grade L175 pipe, the weld seams of welded pipe outside diameters 2 60,3 mm shall be inspected full length (100 %) in accordance with the methods specified in 8.10.11.1. In addition, the strip end weld in finished helical seam pipe shall be so inspected. The location of equipment in the manufacturer’s facility shall be at the discretion of the manufacturer. By agreement between the interested parties, and when specified on the purchase shall be non-destructively tested in accordance with SR2 (annex D). By agreement between interested parties, and when specified be non-destructively tested in accordance with SR7 (annex D).

8.10 Test methods

on the purchase

order, seamless

pipes

order, electric-welds

shall

Chemical

I t

I i /

and results

If test equipment, whose calibration or verification is required under the provisions of this part of IS0 3183, is subjected to such unusual or severe conditions that its accuracy would become questionable, recalibration or a new verification shall be performed before further use of the equipment. 8.10.1

I , 2 1 / IL

i : I i”

1

analysis

) Methods

and practices

The results of chemical 8.10.2

relating

to chemical

analysis

analysis shall be performed

shall comply


in accordance

with ASTM A 751.

in 7.2.

Tensile test

8.10.2.1

General

Testing procedure annex II.

shall conform

to the requirements

of the latest edition

The results of the tensile test shall meet the requirements

of IS0 6892 or ASTM A 370,

for the steel grade concerned

shown

in table 3.

8.10.2.1.1 Tensile test machines shall have been calibrated within 15 months preceding any test in accordance with the procedures of ASTM E 4. Where yield strength is determined by the use of extensometers, such extensometers shall be calibrated within the preceding 15 months in accordance with the procedures of ASTM E 83. 8.10.2.1.2 All tensile tests, except transverse strength for 0,5 % total elongation (&,,), elongation

after fracture

The percentage where

elongation

( A 1 and shall be performed

elongation

S, is the initial

weld and ring tests, shall include determination of the yield the ultimate tensile strength (R,,,) and the percentage of

after fracture

cross sectional

The strain rate shall be in accordance

; [ 1 1 / , ! I 1 I ! I j, / i

at room temperature.

shall be reported area of the gauge

referred to a gauge length of 5,65 &

[ f / 1 ,!I

with

reference

length.

shall be determined


If other

to a gauge gauge

in accordance

length

lengths

of 5,65 & are used, the

with IS0 2566-l.

of IS0 6892.

I ! :r 50



1

0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

When determining the elongation, the record or report shall show the nominal width of the test specimen where strip specimens are used, the diameter and gauge length where round bar specimens are used, or state if full section specimens are used. For L175 pipe, the manufacturer may certify that the material furnished has been tested and meets the mechanical requirements of grade L175. Hot flattening,

artificial

ageing or heat-treatment

of tensile specimens

is not permitted.

8.10.2.1.3 At the option of the manufacturer, the specimen may be either full section, strip specimen, round bar specimen as defined below. The type, size and orientation of the specimens shall be reported. If suitable testing grips, with curved faces are used or if the ends of specimens curvatures in the grip area, strip specimens - shall be approximately otherwise

are machined

to reduce the

31,8 mm wide in gauge length;

they shall be

- approximately

19,0 mm wide for pipe outside

diameters

c 101,6 mm;

- approximately

25,4 mm wide for pipe outside

diameters

101,6 mm to c 219,l mm, and

- approximately

38,l mm wide for pipe outside

diameters

2 219,l mm.

Alternatively, when grips with curved faces are not available, without heating. 8.10.2.2

or

Longitudinal

tensile

the ends of the specimens

may be flattened

tests

At the option of the manufacturer longitudinal tests may utilize a full section specimen, a strip specimen or, for pipe with wall thickness greater than 19,l mm, a 12,7 mm diameter round bar specimen. The strip specimen shall be tested without flattening. 8.10.2.3

Transverse

tensile tests

The transverse tensile following methods.

properties

shall be determined,

at the option

of the manufacturer,

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

a) The yield strength, ultimate tensile strength and elongation values shall be determined flattened rectangular specimen or a 12,7 mm or 8,9 mm round bar specimen. b) The yield strength shall ASTM A 370. The ultimate rectangular specimen.

be determined tensile strength

by one of the

on either

a

by the hydraulic ring expansion test in accordance with and elongation values shall be determined from a flattened

The same method of testing shall be employed for all lots in an order item. All transverse tensile specimens shall be as shown in IS0 6892 or ASTM A 370, annex II. All specimens shall represent the full wall thickness of the pipe from which the specimen was cut, except for round bar tensile specimens. Transverse round bar specimens are to be prepared from non-flattened pipe sections. The 12,7 mm diameter round bar specimens shall be used when the pipe size allows, and the 8,9 mm diameter round bar specimen shall be used for other sizes. For pipe sizes too small to allow a 8,9 mm specimen, round bar tensile specimens are not permitted. 8.10.2.4

Weld tensile

tests

Weld tensile properties shall be determined on a flattened rectangular specimen thickness of the pipe. Weld reinforcement may be removed at the manufacturer’s need not include determination of yield strength and elongation.

representing the full wall option. Weld tensile tests



0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

Flattening 8.10.3

of transverse

Flattening

and weld specimens

Electric-welded l

.

l

-

8.10.4

with weld

position

given

in 8.5.2.2, in conformity

with

IS0 8492.

pipe in grades higher than L175.

For all pipe diameters to thickness ratios ( Dl T) I 10 - flatten to 2/3 of the original there shall be no opening of the weld. For pipe with a ( Dl T) > 10 - continue flattening no cracks or breaks other than in weld.

to l/3 of the original

outside

outside

diameter:

diameter:

there shall be

For all D/T ratios - continue flattening until opposite walls of the pipe meet: there shall occur no evidence of lamination or burnt metal during the entire test.

Grade L175 welded l

at room temperature.

test

The flattening test shall be performed Acceptable criteria shall be as follows: -

shall be performed

pipe.

Flatten to 3/4 of the original outside diameter without weld fracture: continue flattening the original outside diameter without cracks or breaks other than in the weld.

to 60 % of

Bend test

The bend test shall be carried out in accordance with IS0 8491. The full section specimen of appropriate length shall be bent cold through 90”, around a mandrel having a diameter not greater than twelve times the outside diameter of the pipe being tested, with the weld located approximately 45” from the point of contact of the specimen with the mandrel. No cracks shall occur in any portion of the pipe, and no opening shall occur in the weld. NOTE 13 For the purpose of mechanical testing the weld of electric-welded pipe of nominal size 2 and larger, “the weld” extends to a distance of 12,7 mm on either side of the fusion line. For pipe smaller than nominal size 2, “the weld” extends to a distance of 6,35 mm on either side of the fusion line. 8.10.5

Manipulation

tests for submerged


For the guided-bend test the specimens, conforming to figure 5, shall be bent approximately 180” in a jig substantially in accordance with figure 6. For any combination of outside diameter, wall thickness and grade, the maximum value for jig dimension A may be calculated by the formula given in figure 6. The manufacturer shall use a jig based on this dimension, or a smaller dimension at his option; however, to minimize the number of jigs required, standard values for dimension A have been selected to pipe outside diameters 2 323,9 mm. These values are listed for each diameter, wall thickness and grade in annex E. For intermediate grades or wall thicknesses, the next smaller standard value for dimension A shall be used. When dimension A is greater than 228,6 mm, the length of the specimen required to contact the male die need not exceed 228,6 mm. For pipe with wall thicknesses over 19,l mm, a reduced wall specimen, as shown in figure 5, may be used at the option of the manufacturer. Reduced wall specimens shall be tested in a jig with the A dimension calculated for 19,1 mm wall pipe of the appropriate size and grade. The specimen (a) shall not fracture completely, (b) shall not reveal any cracks or ruptures in the weld metal greater than 3,18 mm in length regardless of depth, and (c) shall not reveal any cracks or ruptures in the parent metal, the heat affected zone, or fusion line longer than 3,18 mm and deeper than 12,5 % of the specified wall thickness; except cracks which occur at the edges of the specimen and which are less than 6,35 mm long shall not be cause for rejection in (b) or (c) regardless of depth.

52


--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

Dimensions

A-

in millimetres

Specimen edges may be oxygen cut and may also be machined

R 1.59 max.

-Wall

thickness (T)

, I

I 152.4 min. Weld reinforcement

shall be removed from both faces

Reduced wall specimens Optlonal for wall thickness over 19.1 mm

I

a) Face bend

This material removed before or after flattening, at manufacturer’s option

L

Reduced wall thickness

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

b) Root bend

wall L Reduced thickness Note - Use jig dimensions for 19.1 mm watt when testing with reduced wall specimens.

Figure 5 - Guided bend test specimen



0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

Dimensions

hardened I‘oilers

Alternate

p* 4 ‘i; 46

=

may be s”bstit”te

Jigs

c ,. ‘,’ $’ \ ;I B

Adjustable

RA

in millimetres

Wrap-around

type

type

$4

B = A + 2T + 3,2mm RB = +B

where

D T

= specified = specified

e

= strain

Specified

factor outside diameter in millimetres wall thickness in millimetres

e values:

167,5 137,5 132,5 125,0 117,5

(L210) (L245, L290) (L320) (L360) (L385)

112,5 1 IO,0 102,5 90,o

Figure 6 - Jig for guided

(L415) (L450) (L485) (L555)

bend test

54



--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

I,15 = peaking

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

8.10.6

Weld ductility

tests

The specimens shall be flattened cold between parallel platens. direction of applied force (i.e. the weld at the point of maximum 3,18 mm in any direction in the weld or the parent metal shall distance between platens is less than the value of H calculated in

The weld shall be placed 90” from the bending). No crack or breaks exceeding occur on the outside surface until the accordance with a) or b) below:

a) Grades less than L360

3,07 T H= 0,07 + 3 ;

b) Grades L360 and higher

3,05 T H= 0,05 + 3 ;

where

H T D

is the distance between flattening platens in millimetres; is the specified wall thickness of the pipe in millimetres; is the specified outside diameter of the pipe in millimetres.

Cracks which originate cause for rejection. 8.10.7

Fracture

at the edge of the specimen

toughness

and which

are less than 6,35 mm long shall not be

test

For grade L555 the mandatory ASTM A 370.

fracture

toughness

tests have to be performed

at 0 “C in accordance

with

Three 10 mm x 10 mm Charpy V-notch specimens shall be used if obtainable from the pipe diameter and wall thickness. Otherwise appropriate specimen thicknesses shall be used with the required energy levels reduced in proportion to the thickness. For DWT-testing the test specimen, testing with the latest edition of ANSI/API RP 5L3. The test results shall comply

procedure,


and rating of the specimens

shall be in accordance

given in 7.3.3.

In case of grades lower than L555 - when so specified on the purchase order - the manufacturer shall conduct fracture toughness tests in accordance with SR3 or SR4 (annex D) or any combination of these, as specified by the purchaser. The testing temperature for SR3 and SR4 test, and also the Charpy V-notch energy value for SR3B, shall be selected by the purchaser.

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



55

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

8.10.8

Defective

0 IS0

mechanical

test specimen

For any of the mechanical tests in 8.5, any test specimen that shows defective preparation or material imperfections unrelated to the intent of the particular mechanical test, whether observed before or after testing, may be discarded and be replaced by another specimen from the same length of pipe. 8.10.9

Hydrostatic

test

Testing

conditions

8.10.9.1

Test pressures for all sizes of seamless pipe and for welded pipe with outside diameters c 508,O mm, shall be held for not less than 5 s. Test pressures for welded pipe with outside diameters 2 508,O mm shall be held for not less than 10 s. For threaded-and-coupled pipe, the test shall be applied with the couplings made up power-tight if this is specified on the purchase order, except that pipe with outside diameters > 323,9 mm may be tested in the plain-end condition. For threaded pipe furnished with couplings made up handling-tight, the hydrostatic test shall be made on the pipe in the plain-end or threads-only condition or with coupling applied, unless otherwise agreed upon by the interested parties. 8.10.9.2

Verification

of hydrostatic

test

In order to ensure that every length of pipe is tested to the required test pressure, each tester, except those on which continuous welded pipe is tested, shall be equipped with a recording gauge that will record the test pressure and the durationfor each length of pipe, or be equipped with some positive and automatic or interlocking device to prevent pipe from being classified as tested until the test requirements (pressure and time) have been complied with. Such records or charts shall be available for examination at the manufacturer’s facility by the purchaser’s inspectors when the purchaser is so represented at the manufacturer’s facility. The test pressure measuring device shall be calibrated by means of a dead weight tester, or equivalent, within four months prior to each use. Calibration records retention shall be per 8.3. Test pressures

The minimum test pressures shall be the standard test pressures listed in tables 6, 7, 8 and 9 (or an alternative test pressure - see footnote 4 in table 9) or an intermediate or higher pressure at the discretion of the manufacturer unless specifically limited by the purchaser, or a higher pressure as agreed upon between the interested parties. The minimum test pressure for grades, outside diameters, and wall thicknesses not listed shall be computed by the formula given below. Where the unlisted wall is intermediate to walls whose test pressure has been arbitrarily assigned, the test pressure for the intermediate wall shall be equal to the test pressure specified for the next heavier wall thickness. When computed pressures are not an exact multiple of 100 kPa, they shall be rounded to the nearest 100 kPa. The test pressures

P=

shall be computed

by the following

formula

and rounded

to the nearest 100 kPa.

2 000 ST D

where p is the hydrostatic test pressure, in kilopascals; S is the fiber stress in megapascals, equal to a percentage for the various sizes as shown in table 15; T is the specified wall thickness, in millimetres; D is the specified outside diameter, in millimetres.

of the specified



minimum

yield strength

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

8.10.9.3

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Table 15 - Percentage

of specified

minimum

yield strength

of S

% of SMYS for calculation of S

Outside diameter mm

Grade

(SMYS) for calculation

Standard test pressure

1Alternative test pressure

1) Test pressures established arbitrarily. 2) Test pressures were limited to 17 200 kPa for 5 88,9 mm outside diameter, and to 19 300 kPa for sizes > 88,9 mm outside diameter. Test pressures for other sizes established arbitrarily. 3) Test pressures for grades L290 to L555 were limited to 20 700 kPa to accommodate hydrostatic tester limitations.

When the purchase order specifies a hydrostatic test that will produce a hoop stress greater than 90 % of the specified minimum yield strength, and when SR5 (see annex D) is specified on the purchase order, the test pressure shall be determined in accordance with SR5. NOTES 14 The hydrostatic test pressures given herein are inspection test pressures which design, and do not necessarily have any direct relationship to working pressures.

are not intended

as a basis for

15 When hydrostatic testing in excess of 90 % of specified minimum yield strength, using the formula applied forces for end sealing produce a compressive longitudinal stress which should be considered.

in 8.10.9.3, the

Supplementary

hydrostatic

For grades L290 and higher, additional internal pressure supplementary

conditions

hydrostatic

test

the manufacturer, by agreement between tests, which may involve one or more tests,

the formula

shown

in 8.10.9.3

shall

the interested parties, shall make of the following methods. In all be used

for stress

a) Hydrostatic destructive tests in which the minimum diameter of the pipe, but should not exceed 12,2 m.

length

of the specimen

b) Full-length

destructive

pressure

water column”

c) Hydrostatic

transverse

tests made by the “hydrostatic yield strength

tests using accurate

NOTE 16 Acceptable gauges are the roller-chain suitable gauges of a similar accuracy.

8.10.10

calculations.

Dimensions,

ring-expansion

is ten times

the outside

method.

strain gauges.

gauge, the “SR-4” (trade name) strain gauge, or other

mass and length

instruments except ring and plug thread gauges The accuracy of all measuring acceptance/rejection shall be verified at least once every operating turn. Accuracy verification length measuring tapes and other non-adjustable measuring devices shall be defined as a visual markings legibility and the general wear of fixed reference points. The verification procedure working

The

of test shall be as agreed upon.

gauges

manufacturer

shall

be documented.

The

adjustable

and

non-adjustable

shall be documented.


designation

utilized

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

8.10.9.4

used for of rules, check of of these by the


0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

If measuring equipment, whose calibration or verification is required under the provisions of this part of IS0 3183, is subjected to such unusual or severe conditions that its accuracy would become questionable, recalibration or a new verification shall be performed before further use of the equipment. 8.10.10.1

Outside

diameter

For pipe with outside diameters 2 114,3 mm, the outside shall be made at the mill with a diameter tape.

diameter

Measuring methods for the pipe ends and the out-of-roundness in 7.6.8.2 and 7.6.8.3. 8.10.10.2

measurements

are defined

on the body of the pipe

in connection

with tolerances

Wall thickness

Wall thickness measurements shall be made with a mechanical caliper or with a properly calibrated nondestructive inspection device of appropriate accuracy. In case of dispute, the measurement determined by use of the mechanical caliper shall govern. The mechanical caliper shall be fitted with contact pins having circular cross sections of 6‘35 mm diameter. The end of the pin contacting the inside surface of the pipe shall

be rounded

to a maximum

radius

of 38,lO mm

for pipe with

outside

diameters

2 168,3 mm,

a

maximum radius of d/4 for pipe with outside diameters < 168,3 mm, with a minimum radius of 3,2 mm. The end of the pin contacting the outside surface of the pipe shall be either flat or rounded to a radius of not less than 38,lO mm. 8.10.10.3

Mass

Each length of pipe with outside diameters 2 141,3 mm, shall be weighed separately, and the carload masses determined. Lengths of pipe with outside diameters 2 114,3 mm shall be weighed either individually or in convenient lots, at the option of the manufacturer, and the carload masses determined. A carload is considered to be a minimum of 18 144 kg. Threaded-and-coupled pipe shall be weighed with the couplings screwed on, but without thread protectors except for carload weighings, for which proper allowance shall be made for the mass of thread protectors. Threaded-and-coupled pipe may be weighed without the couplings screwed on providing proper allowance is made for mass of the couplings. 8.10.10.4

Length

When pipe is furnished with threads and couplings, the length shall be measured to the outer face of the coupling. The length of threaded-and-coupled pipe may be determined without the couplings screwed on providing proper allowance is made for the length of the couplings. The accuracy of length measuring devices for length of pipe less than 30 m shall be + 0,03 m. Straightness

Measurements may be made using measuring the greatest deviation. 8.10.11 8.10.11.1

Non-destructive Methods

a taut string

or wire from

end to end along

the side of the pipe

testing

of inspection

Submerged arc-welds shall be inspected by radiological methods in accordance with 8.10.11.2. Such inspection shall be full length, or for a minimum distance of 203 mm from each end if the balance of the weld length is inspected by ultrasonic methods in accordance with 8.10.11.3.1 to 8.10.11.3.4. Electric-welds to 8.10.11.3.4.

shall be inspected by ultrasonic or electromagnetic methods in accordance with 8.10.11.3.1 If necessary to meet the full length (100 %I inspection requirements of 8.9, pipe ends shall

58



--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

8.10.10.5

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

be inspected by using hand-held the interested parties.

ultrasonic

shear wave equipment,

or other NDT method

agreed between

Gas metal arc-welds shall be inspected full length by ultrasonic methods in accordance with 8.10.11.3.1 to 8.10.11.3.4. In addition, the welds shall be inspected by radiological methods in accordance with 8.10.11.2 to 8.10.11.2.10 for a minimum distance of 203 mm from each end. Strip end welds in finished helical seam pipe shall have been inspected in accordance with one or more of the methods specified above for the weld type. Radiological inspection shall include the junction of the strip end weld with the helical seam weld and, for cold expanded pipe, shall be performed after expansion. 8.10.11.2

Radiological

8.10.11.2.1

inspection

Radiological

inspection

equipment

The homogeneity of weld seams examined by radiological methods shall be determined X-rays directed through the weld material onto a suitable radiographic film or fluorescent television screen provided adequate sensitivity can be obtained. 8.10.11.2.2 --``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Operators

Fluoroscopic of fluoroscopic

operator equipment

Details of such training, testing in these programmes shall be: a) Classroom

instructions

by means of screen, or a

qualification shall be trained,

and certification

in the fundamentals

tested and certified

programmes of radiological

by the pipe manufacturer.

shall be available inspection

to the purchaser.

Included

techniques.

b) On the job training designed to familiarize the operator with specific installations including the appearance and interpretation of weld imperfections and defects. The length of time for such training shall be of sufficient duration to assure adequate assimilation of the knowledge required for conducting the inspection. c) Knowledge

of appropriate

d) A physical examination the required inspection.

requirements

of this specification.

at least once per year to determine

the operator’s

optical

capability

e) Upon completion of a) and b) above, an examination shall be given by the manufacturer the operator is qualified to properly perform fluoroscopic examinations. 8.10.11.2.3

Operator

to perform

to determine

if

certification

Certified operators whose work has not included fluoroscopic inspection for a period of one year or more shall be recertified by successfully completing the examination of e) above and also passing the physical examination of d) above. Substantial changes in procedure or equipment shall require recertification of the operators. 8.10.11.2.4

Radiological

NDT reference

standards

Unless otherwise specified, the reference standard shall be the API hole standard penetrameter described in a) below or, at the option of the manufacturer, the IS0 wire penetrameter (wire type image quality indicator in accordance with IS0 1027) described in b) below. By agreement between the interested parties, other standard penetrameters may be used. a) API hole standard penetrameter: The API hole standard penetrameter shall be as shown in figure 7 and made of a material with the same radiological characteristics as the pipe. The thickness of the penetrameter shall be a maximum of 4 % of the nominal wall thickness. Either 2 % or 4 % penetrameters may be used, the sizes of which are shown in tables 16 and 17.



IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Dimensions

38

T

P ‘>.-.~.++ k:-.v Identifying

1

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

I-

in millimetres

number

The diameter of each hole shall be I,6 mm. Holes shall be round and drilled perpendicular to the surface. Holes shall be free of burrs, but edges shall not be bevelled. Each penetrameter shall carry a lead identification number as given in tables 16 and 17. Figure 7 - API standard

Table 16 - API hole standard Identifying

I

4 % penetrameters

above mm

I

urlto mm

4,8

I

64 73 93 II,1 12,7 15.9 19,l 25,4 31,8 38,l

6,4

I

73 93 II,1 12.7 15,9 19,l 25,4 31,8

I


Maximum penetrameter thickness I

Wall thickness

number

10 12 15 17 20 25 30 40 50 60

penetrameter


mm

I

0,25 0,32 0,38 0,45 0,51 0.64 0,76 I,02 I,27 I,52

I

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Table 17 - API hole standard Identifying

2 % penetrameters Maximum penetrameter thickness

Wall thickness

number

up to

I

I

mm

I

6.4

mm 0.13 -I ~0,15 0,19

above mm 5.1 -,

64 789 ne J,i)

I

7;i 95

T

12,7 15,9 19.1 22.2

I

25.4

I

~~

17~7 .-,.

15,9 19,l 22.2 25.4 31.8

I

0~75 -,--

I I

0,32 0,38 0.45 0.51 0.64

b) IS0 wire penetrameter: The IS0 wire penetrameter shall be Fe l/7, Fe 6/12 or Fe IO/16 in accordance with tables 18 and 19 for the appropriate wall thickness. When the wire penetrameter is placed across the weld, the diameter of the wire employed shall be based on the specified wall thickness plus the estimated thickness of the weld reinforcement (not to exceed the maximum allowed) at the penetrameter location. When the penetrameter is placed on the base metal, the diameter of the wire employed shall be based on the specified wall thickness.

Table 18 - IS0 wire 4 % penetrameters Wire diameter

Wall thickness

Wire number above

I

up to

I

I

I

6

I

20.3

I

25.4

I

1.00

I

I

11

I

6.4 5,l 4,l 32

I

8.3

I

0.32 0,25 0,20 0,16 0,13 0,lO

I

12 13 14 15 16

23 2,o

64 5,l 4,l

32 23

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Table 19 - IS0 wire 2 % penetrameters Wire diameter

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Wire number

10 11 12

16,5 12,7 IO,1

10 11 12 13 14 15

16,5 12,7 IO,1

20,3 16,5 12,7

0,40 0,32 0,25

20,3 16,5 12,7 IO,1

0,40 0,32 0,25 0,20 0,16 0,13

Fe IO/16

8.10.11.2.5

Frequency

83

83

6,4 5,l

6,4

of calibration

The penetrameter shall be used to check the sensitivity and adequacy of the radiographic technique on one pipe in every lot of 50 pipes, but not less than twice per 8-hour working shift, when the fluoroscopic method is used full length, and on each film when film is used. When film is used full length, one penetrameter shall be used for each length of pipe. The pipe shall be held in a stationary position during the adjustment of the radiographic technique by use of the penetrameter. Proper definition and sensitivity is attained when all three holes of the API standard penetrameter or individual wires of the IS0 penetrameter are clearly discernible. 8.10.11.2.6

Procedure

To evaluate 9,5 mm shall centre of the spaced 304,8 as described adjusted so penetrameter, 8.10.11.2.7

for evaluating

in-motion

operation

of fluoroscope

the definition of defects at operational speeds, a pipe section having a minimum wall of be used. Series of 0,8 mm holes, as shown in example 6, figure 8 shall be drilled into the weld to a depth of 100 percent of the total thickness. At least four such series shall be used, mm apart. As an alternative to the use of the pipe section described above, a penetrameter in 8.10.11.2.4 may be used at the option of the manufacturer. The speed of operation shall be that the holes in the pipe section or API penetrameter or individual wires in the IS0 are clearly visible to the operator.

Acceptance

limits for radiological

Radiological examination shall be capable 8.10.11.2.8 and 8.10.11.2.9.

inspection of detecting

weld

imperfections

62



and defects

as described

in

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Example

1 : two 3,2 mm discontinuities

, l

l

6

a

4

Example

2 : one 3.2 mm, one 1,6 mm, two 0.8 mm discontinuities

l

0

. ... ..

+ Example

3 : one 3.2 mm, one 0.8 mm, six 0.4 mm discontinuities

0

Example

4 : four

0

0

0

1.6 mm discontinuities 1 0

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

’

Example

5 : two

1.6 mm,

Example

6 : eight

0

.

l

b

.

four 0.8 mm discontinuities

0.8 mm discontinuities

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Example

7 : sixteen

0,4 mm discontinuities

. .

.

. .

. .

. .

Example

6 : scattered,

.

.

.

.

.

three 0.8 mm, ten 0,4 mm discontinuities

Figure 8 - Examples of maximum distribution circular slag-inclusion and gas-pocket-type

patterns of indicated discontinuities



0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

8.10.11.2.8

imperfections

observed

during

radiological

The maximum acceptance size and distribution shown in tables 20 and 21 and figures 8 and 9. NOTE 17 Unless

inspection

of slag inclusion

and/or

gas pocket

discontinuities

are

the discontinuities

are elongated, it cannot be determined with certainty whether the radiological slag inclusions or gas pockets. Therefore, the same limits apply to all circular-type

indications represent discontinuities.

The important factors to be considered in determining rejection or acceptance limits are size and spacing of discontinuities and the sum of the diameters in an established distance. For simplicity, the distance is established as any 152,4 mm length. Discontinuities of this type usually occur in an aligned pattern, but no distinction is made between aligned or scattered patterns. Also, the distribution pattern may be of assorted sizes. 8.10.11.2.9

Defects observed

during

radiological

inspection

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Cracks, lack of complete penetration, or lack of complete fusion, and discontinuities greater in size and/or distribution than shown in tables 20 and 21 and figures 8 and 9, as indicated by radiological examination shall be considered defects. See G.4 for disposition of pipe containing defects.

Example

1 : one 12,7 mm discontinuity

Example

2 : two 6.4 mm discontinuities

Example

3 : three 3.2 mm discontinuities

Figure 9 - Examples of maximum distribution patterns elongation slag-inclusion-type discontinuities

64



of indicated

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Table 20 - Elongated

slag-inclusion-type

Maximum dimensions

accumulated

Size

I

Maximum number

in any 152,4 mm mm 152,4 1 76,2 2 50,8 3 in any 152,4 mm shall not exceed 12,7 mm.

length of discontinuities

Table 21 - Circular

(see figure 9)

Minimum separation

mm I,6 x 12,7 I,6 x 6,4 I,6 x 3,2 1) Maximum

discontinuitiesl)

slag-inclusion

and gas-pocket-type

Adjacent size

mm 3,22’ 3,2*’ 3,22r 3.22)

mm 3,2

I,6 I,6 I,6 083 03

I,6 0,8

discontinuitiesl)

I

Minimum separation

I

mm 50,8 25,4 12,7 9.5 12,7

I,6 0,8 0.4

0,4

1

93 6,4 6,43’

088

(see figure 8) Maximum number in any 152.4 mm 2 varies varies varies 4 varies varies 8 varies 16

0,4 4,8 OR4 0,4 32 1) The sum of the diameters of all discontinuities in any 152,4 mm shall not exceed 6,4 mm. 2) Maximum size discontinuity for wall thickness 5 6,4 mm shall be 2,4 mm. 3) Two discontinuities I 0,8 mm, may be as close as one diameter apart provided they are separated any other discontinuity by at least 12,7 mm.

8.10.11.2.10

Disposition

of defects observed

during

radiological

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Any weld defect detected as a result of radiological examination containing the defect shall be in accordance with G.4. 8.10.11.3 8.10.11.3.1

Ultrasonic

and electromagnetic

I

from

inspection shall be rejected.

Disposition

of the pipe

inspection

Equipment

Any equipment utilizing the ultrasonic or electromagnetic principles and capable of continuous and interrupted inspection of the weld seam shall be used. The equipment shall be checked with an applicable reference standard as described in 8.10.11.3.2 at least once every working turn to demonstrate its effectiveness and the inspection procedures. The equipment shall be adjusted to produce well defined indications when the reference standard used by the manufacturer is scanned by the inspection unit in a manner simulating the inspection of the product, and shall be capable of inspection I,6 mm on either side of the weld line for the entire wall thickness. 8.10.11.3.2

NDT reference

standards

Reference standards shall have the same specified diameter and thickness as the product being inspected and may be of any convenient length as determined by the manufacturer. Reference standards shall contain machined notches, one on the inside surface and one on the outside surface, or a drilled hole as shown in figure 10 at the option of the manufacturer. The notches shall be parallel to the weld seam and shall be separated by a distance sufficient to produce two separate distinguishable signals. The I,6 mm or



0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

3,2 mm hole shall be drilled shown in figure IO.

through

the wall and perpendicular

to the surface

of the reference

standard

as

NOTE 18 The reference standard defined above are convenient standards for calibration of non-destructive testing equipment. The dimensions of these standards should not be construed as the minimum size imperfection detectable by such equipment.

8.10.11.3.3

Acceptance

Table 22 gives that produces defect unless provisions of film radiological

limits

the height of acceptance limit signals produced by reference standards. An imperfection a signal greater than the acceptance limit signal given in table 22 shall be considered a it can be demonstrated by the manufacturer that the imperfection does not exceed the G-3. Alternatively, indicated imperfections in submerged-arc welds may be reinspected by methods using 2 % penetrameters, in accordance with 8.10.11.2.

Table 22 - Acceptance Notch type

Weld type Submerged arc, gas metal arc and repair welds

Size hole

Acceptance

limit

mm

%

N5

I,6

100

All other

32 32

33 l/3 100 80

N 10, V IO B, P

Electric-weld

limits signal

In addition, for gas metal arc-welds, continuous flaw signals greater than 254 mm length, regardless of signal height, but greater than the background signal (noise) shall be reinspected by radiological methods in accordance with 8.10.11.2 (as modified above) or by other techniques as agreed upon between the interested parties. 8.10.11.3.4 Defects welding

Weld repair

in the weld, found by ultrasonic or electromagnetic methods and non-destructively reexamined in accordance with G.5.

8.10.11.3.5

Reinspection

of inspection,

may be repaired

by

of pipe ends

For cold expanded welded pipe non-destructively inspected only prior to cold expansion, the weld at each end of each length shall be non-destructively reinspected subsequent to cold expansion for a distance of at least 152,4 mm by any of the methods specified in 8.10.11.1 or by the magnetic particle method in accordance with 8.10.11.4. 8.10.11.4

Magnetic

particle

(For pipe ends per 8.10.11.3.5 8.10.11.4.1

inspection and for weld repairs to the pipe body.)

Equipment

The equipment used for magnetic particle inspection shall produce a magnetic field, transverse to the weld and of sufficient intensity to indicate weld area defects in the external surface of the pipe of the following character: open welds, partial or incomplete welds, intermittent welds, cracks, seams and slivers.

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

66



IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Dimensions

B (buttress)

in millimetres

notch

60” max.

+Fy

I

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

VI0 notch

Area of each side, 3.N mm* max. P (parallel slded) notch

t-r--i 1 max.

Length For eddy current: 38 mm max. total length For diverted flux and ultrasonic: 50 mm min. at full depth N5andNlOnotches

I

\ \

I

Orllled hole

Figure 10 - Reference standards


(see 8.10.11.3.2)


0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

8.10.11.4.2

Reference

standard

arrangements shall be made by the manufacturer to perform a If requested by the purchaser, demonstration for the purchaser or his representative during production of his order. Such demonstration shall be on basis of pipe in process or sample lengths of similar pipe retained by the manufacturer for that purpose and which exhibit natural or artificially produced defects of the character stated in 8.10.11.4.1. Acceptance

limits

The manufacturer shall mark each magnetic particle indication and subsequently explore each indication with respect to depth of the imperfection. Imperfections which require grinding or chipping to determine their depth shall be completely removed by grinding, or by cutting off, or may be repaired by welding in accordance with G.5 and reexamined non-destructively.

8.11

Invalidation

of chemical,

mechanical

and technological

tests

A test will be invalid

(see also IS0 404, 8.4) if the results are unsatisfactory

a) faulty

production

of the test piece not attributable

b) faulty

mounting

c) faulty working

due to:

to defects in the steel itself;

of the test piece; of the test machine.

In each of these cases, the test shall be repeated.

8.12

Re-tests

8.12.1

Analyses

If the product analyses of both samples representing the cast fail to conform to the specified requirements, at the manufacturer’s option either the cast shall be rejected or the remainder of the cast shall be tested individually for conformity to the specified requirements. If the product analysis of only one of the samples representing the cast fails to conform to the specified requirements, at the manufacturer’s option either the cast shall be rejected or two recheck analyses shall be made using two additional samples from the cast. If both recheck analyses conform to the specified requirements, the cast shall be accepted, except for the pipe, plate or skelp, from which the initial sample that failed was taken. If one or both recheck analyses fail to conform to the specified requirements, at the manufacturer’s option either the cast shall be rejected or the remainder of the cast shall be tested individually for conformance to the specified requirements. For such individual Samples samples. 8.12.2

for

testing,

recheck

analyses for only the rejecting

analyses

shall

be taken

element

in the same

or elements

location

need to be determined.

as specified

for

product

analysis

Tensile test

If the tensile test specimen representing a lot of pipe fails to conform to the specified requirements, the manufacturer may elect to make retests on two additional lengths from the same lot. If both retest specimens conform to the requirements, all the lengths in a lot shall be accepted, except the length from which the initial specimen was taken. If one or both of the retest specimens fail to conform to the specified requirements, the manufacturer may elect to test individually the remaining lengths in the lot, in which case determinations are required only for particular requirements with which the specimens failed to comply in the preceding tests. Specimen for retest shall be taken in the same manner as the specimen which failed to meet the minimum requirements.

68



--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

8.10.11.4.3

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

8.12.2.1

Defective

tensile

test specimen

When the elongation of any tensile test specimen is less than that specified and if any part of the fracture is outside the middle third of the gauge length, as indicated by scribe scratches marked on the specimen before testing, a retest shall be allowed. 8.12.3

Flattening

Flattening

test

retest provisions

Non-expanded

are as follows.

electric-welded

pipe produced

in single length, higher than grade L 175.

Manufacturer may elect to retest any failed end until the requirements is not less than 80 % of its length after initial cropping. Non-expanded

electric-welded

pipe produced

in multiple

lengths,

higher

are met providing

the finished

pipe

than grade L 775.

Manufacturer may elect to retest each end of each individual length if any test fails. The retests for each end of each individual length shall be made with the weld alternately at 0” and 90”. Cold-expanded diameters

electric-welded

pipe

higher

than

grade

Ll75

and all welded

L175 pipe

with

outside

_<73,0 mm.

Manufacturer may elect to retest one end from each of two additional lengths of the same lot. If both retests are acceptable, all lengths in the lot shall be accepted, except the original failed length. If one or both retests fail, the manufacturer may elect to repeat the test on specimens cut from one end of each of the remaining individual lengths in the lot. 8.12.4

Bend test

If the specimen fails to conform to the specified requirements, the manufacturer may elect to make retests on specimens cut from two additional lengths from the same lot. If all retest specimens conform to the specified requirements, all lengths in the lot shall be accepted, except the length from which the initial specimen was taken. If one or more of the retest specimens fail to conform to the specified requirements, the manufacturer may elect to repeat the test on specimens cut from the individual lengths remaining in the lot. 8.12.5

Guided-bend

test

If one or both of the guided-bend specimens fail to conform to the specified requirements, the manufacturer may elect to repeat the tests on specimens cut from two additional lengths of pipe from the same lot. If such specimens conform to the specified requirements, all lengths in the lot shall be accepted, except the length initially selected for test. If any of the retest specimens fail to pass the specified requirements, the manufacturer may elect to test specimens cut from the individual lengths remaining in the lot. The manufacturer may also elect to retest any length which has failed to pass the test by cropping back and cutting two additional specimens from the same end. If the requirements of the original test are met by both of these additional tests, that length shall be acceptable. No further cropping and retesting is permitted. Specimens for retests shall be taken in the same manner as specified in 8.5.2.4. 8.12.6

Weld ductility

test

If the weld ductility test specimen representing a lot of pipe fails to conform to the specified requirements of 8.5.2.5, the manufacturer may elect to make retests on two additional lengths from the same lot. If both retest specimens conform to the requirements, all the lengths in the lot shall be accepted, except the length from which the initial specimen was taken. If one or both of the retest specimens fail to conform to the specified requirements, the manufacturer may elect to test specimens cut from one end of the

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



69

0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

individual lengths remaining in the lot. Precaution shall be taken so that the specimens can be with respect to the length of pipe from which they were cut. The manufacturer may also elect to length which has failed to pass the above test procedure by cropping back and cutting two specimens from the same end. If the weld ductility test requirements are met by both of these tests, that length shall be acceptable. No further cropping and retesting is permitted. 8.12.7

Fracture toughness

identified retest any additional additional

test

For grade L555 retests shall not be made. If the all-cast average of the order does not meet 68 J, the manufacturer replacement of casts as may be necessary to bring the average up to 68 J.

shall

be responsible

for the

If the all-cast average of the order does not meet the required percent shear area, the manufacturer shall be responsible for replacement of such casts as may be necessary to bring the average to the required value. For grades lower than L555 retests may be made in accordance

9.1

Marking

of pipes and pipe couplings

General

Pipes and pipe couplings manufacturer as specified a) The required

marking

manufactured hereinafter.

in conformity

with this part of IS0 3183 shall be marked

on pipe shall be paint stencilled

as stipulated

b) The required marking on couplings shall be die stamped interested parties, in which case they shall be paint stenciled. c) Length and hydrostatic

9.2

Location

The location

test pressure

markings

by the

in 9.2.

unless

otherwise

agreed

between

the --``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

9

with SR3 and SR4 (annex D).

shall be in metric units.

of marking

of identification

markings,


Outside diameters < 48,3 mm - The marking requirements to the bundle, or may be printed on the straps or banding

of 9.2 shall be die stamped clips used to tie the bundle.

on a metal tag fixed

Seamless pipe in all other sizes and welded pipe outside diameters up to 406,4 mm - Paint stencil on the outside surface starting at a point between 457,0 mm and 762 mm from the end of the pipe, and in the sequence shown below, except when agreed between the interested parties some or all of the markings may be placed on the inside surface in a sequence convenient to the manufacturer. Welded pipe outside diameters 2 406,4 mm - Paint stencil on the inside surface starting than 152,4 mm from the end of the pipe in a sequence convenient to the manufacturer, specified by the purchaser.

70



at a point no less unless otherwise

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

8.12.2.1

Defective

tensile

test specimen

When the elongation of any tensile test specimen is less than that specified and if any part of the fracture is outside the middle third of the gauge length, as indicated by scribe scratches marked on the specimen before testing, a retest shall be allowed. 8.12.3

Flattening

Flattening

test

retest provisions

Non-expanded

are as follows.

electric-welded

pipe produced

in single length, higher than grade L 175.

Manufacturer may elect to retest any failed end until the requirements is not less than 80 % of its length after initial cropping. Non-expanded

electric-welded

pipe produced

in multiple

lengths,

are met providing

the finished

pipe

higher than grade L 175.

Manufacturer may elect to retest each end of each individual length if any test fails. The retests for each end of each individual length shall be made with the weld alternately at 0” and 90”. Cold-expanded diameters

electric-welded

pipe

higher

than

grade

L175 and all welded

L175 pipe

with

outside

_<73,0 mm.

8.12.4

Bend test

If the specimen fails to conform to the specified requirements, the manufacturer may elect to make retests on specimens cut from two additional lengths from the same lot. If all retest specimens conform to the specified requirements, all lengths in the lot shall be accepted, except the length from which the initial specimen was taken. If one or more of the retest specimens fail to conform to the specified requirements, the manufacturer may elect to repeat the test on specimens cut from the individual lengths remaining in the lot. 8.12.5

Guided-bend

test

If one or both of the guided-bend specimens fail to conform to the specified requirements, the manufacturer may elect to repeat the tests on specimens cut from two additional lengths of pipe from the same lot. If such specimens conform to the specified requirements, all lengths in the lot shall be accepted, except the length initially selected for test. If any of the retest specimens fail to pass the specified requirements, the manufacturer may elect to test specimens cut from the individual lengths remaining in the lot. The manufacturer may also elect to retest any length which has failed to pass the test by cropping back and cutting two additional specimens from the same end. If the requirements of the original test are met by both of these additional tests, that length shall be acceptable. No further cropping and retesting is permitted. Specimens for retests shall be taken in the same manner as specified in 8.5.2.4. 8.12.6

Weld ductility

test

If the weld ductility test specimen representing a lot of pipe fails to conform to the specified requirements of 8.5.2.5, the manufacturer may elect to make retests on two additional lengths from the same lot. If both retest specimens conform to the requirements, all the lengths in the lot shall be accepted, except the length from which the initial specimen was taken. If one or both of the retest specimens fail to conform to the specified requirements, the manufacturer may elect to test specimens cut from one end of the



--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Manufacturer may elect to retest one end from each of two additional lengths of the same lot. If both retests are acceptable, all lengths in the lot shall be accepted, except the original failed length. If one or both retests fail, the manufacturer may elect to repeat the test on specimens cut from one end of each of the remaining individual lengths in the lot.

0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

individual lengths remaining in the lot. Precaution shall be taken so that the specimens can be with respect to the length of pipe from which they were cut. The manufacturer may also elect to length which has failed to pass the above test procedure by cropping back and cutting two specimens from the same end. If the weld ductility test requirements are met by both of these tests, that length shall be acceptable. No further cropping and retesting is permitted. 8.12.7

Fracture toughness

identified retest any additional additional

test

For grade L555 retests shall not be made. If the all-cast average of the order does not meet 68 J, the manufacturer replacement of casts as may be necessary to bring the average up to 68 J.

shall be responsible

for the

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

If the all-cast average of the order does not meet the required percent shear area, the manufacturer shall be responsible for replacement of such casts as may be necessary to bring the average to the required value. For grades lower than L555 retests may be made in accordance

9 9.1

Marking

of pipes

and pipe couplings

General

Pipes and pipe couplings manufacturer as specified a) The required

marking

manufactured hereinafter.

in conformity

with this part of IS0 3183 shall be marked

on pipe shall be paint stencilled

as stipulated

b) The required marking on couplings shall be die stamped interested parties, in which case they shall be paint stenciled. c) Length and hydrostatic

9.2

with SR3 and SR4 (annex D).

Location

The location

test pressure

markings

by the

in 9.2.

unless

otherwise

agreed

between

the

shall be in metric units.

of marking

of identification

markings,


Outside diameters I 48,3 mm - The marking requirements to the bundle, or may be printed on the straps or banding

of 9.2 shall be die stamped clips used to tie the bundle.

on a metal tag fixed

Seamless pipe in all other sizes and welded pipe outside diameters up to 406,4 mm - Paint stencil on the outside surface starting at a point between 457,0 mm and 762 mm from the end of the pipe, and in the sequence shown below, except when agreed between the interested parties some or all of the markings may be placed on the inside surface in a sequence convenient to the manufacturer. Welded pipe outside diameters 2 406,4 mm - Paint stencil on the inside surface starting than 152,4 mm from the end of the pipe in a sequence convenient to the manufacturer, specified by the purchaser.

70



at a point no less unless otherwise

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

9.3

Sequence

The sequence

of markings

of identification

a) Manufacturer’s

markings


name or mark (XI

b) Designation of this part of IS0 3183 shall be marked when the product this International Standard.

is in complete

c) Compatible standards. Products the name of each standard.

standards

in compliance

with multiple

compatible

d) Designations. The size and mass designations are dimensionless quantities mass per metre. The size designation (see column 1, tables 6 to 9) shall

compliance

with

may be marked with

based on diameter and be marked. For outside

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

diameters 2 114,3 mm, the nominal mass for threaded-and-coupled pipe (see column 2, tables 6 and 7) and the tabulated mass for plain-end pipe (see M in column 1, tables 8 and 9) shall be marked.

e) Grade and class The symbols Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade Grade

to be used are as follows:

L175 class I Ll75 class II L210 L245 L290 L320 L360 L390 L415 L450 L485 L555

L175 L175 R L210 L245 L290 L320 L360 L390 L415 L450 L485 L555

For grades intermediate to L290 and L390, the symbol specified minimum yield strength. For all grades L320 and higher, including titanium, the grade symbol shall be followed

shall be “L” followed

by the first three digits

intermediate grades, containing niobium, vanadium by the letter(s) C, V, T or combination thereof.

By agreement between the interested parties and when so specified be identified by colour in accordance with SR3 (annex D).

on the purchase

of the

and/or

order, the grade shall

NOTE 19 See 7.1 for limitations on downgrading. f) Process of manufacture The symbols


Seamless pipe ............................................................................................................................................. Welded pipe, except continuous welded ................................................................................................. Continuous welded pipe ............................................................................................................................


S W F


0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

g) Heat treatment The symbols


Normalized or normalized and tempered ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. ... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. . .. .. . .. .. .. ... .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... .. . N HS Subcritical stress relieved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..~............................................................................... Subcritical age hardened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HA Quenched and tempered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..~.................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q h) Test pressure When the specified hydrostatic test pressure is higher than the tabulated pressure test pressure in kPa preceded by the word TESTED, shall be paint stencilled. i) Supplementary

(see tables 6 to 9) the

requirements

See annex D. EXAMPLES: 1. Size 14, mass 54,57, grade L245 seamless, follows:

regular-mass,

X3183-1, 2. Size 6 5/8, mass 18,97, grade stencilled as follows:

14

3. Nominal size 4, grade L175, continuous paint stencilled as follows:

6 518 welded,

X3183-1, 4. Size 14, mass 54,57, grade L290, seamless,

II,00

14

9.4

plain-end

12 314

plain-end

6 518

14,97

12 314

43,77

be paint

threaded

line pipe should

be

as follows:

S be paint stencilled

L290

as follows:

S

pipe should L290

pipe should

F

pipe should

plain-end

as

W

be paint stencilled

L290

43,77

be paint stencilled

as follows:

W

arc-welded L290

plain-end

pipe should

be paint

W

Bundle identification

For pipe with outside diameter I48,3 mm, the identification the tag, strap, or clip used to tie the bundle.

72

mass,

L175

54,57

be paint stencilled

S

L245

7. Size 12 3/4, mass 43,77, grade L290, helical seam submerged stencilled as follows: X3183-1,

pipe should

class 1, standard-mass,

6. Size 6 5/8, mass 14,97, grade L290, electric-welded X3183-1,

regular

steel pipe should

43,77, grade L290, seamless X3183-1,

L245

18,97

4

X 3183-1, 5. Size 12 3/4,‘mass

54,57

L245, electric-welded, X 3183-1,

plain-end

markings

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



specified

in 9.2 shall be placed on

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

9.5

Length

In addition follows:

to the identification

markings

stipulated

in 9.1, 9.2 and 9.3 the length

shall

be marked

as

a) For pipe with outside diameter > 48,3 mm, the length in metres and hundredths of metre, unless otherwise specified on the purchase order, as measured on the finished pipe shall be paint stencilled on the outside surface at a place convenient to the manufacturer, except by agreement between the interested parties the length marking may be placed inside the pipe at convenient location. b) For pipe with outside diameter I48,3 mm, the total length of pipe in the bundle in metres and hundredths of metre unless otherwise specified on the purchase order, shall be marked on the tag, band or clip.

9.6

Couplings

All couplings “3183-1”.

9.7

in nominal

size 2 and larger shall be identified

with the manufacturer’s

name or mark and

Die stamping

Cold die-stamping

of grades

higher

than L175 plate or pipe not subsequently

heat treated,

and all pipe

with wall thickness 5 4,0 mm is prohibited, except that by agreement between the interested parties and when so specified on the purchase order, pipe or plate may be cold die stamped. The manufacturer, at his option, may hot die stamp (93 “C or higher) plate or pipe, cold die stamp plate or pipe if it is subsequently heat treated and cold die stamp couplings. Cold die-stamping shall be done with rounded or blunt dies. All die-stamping shall be at least 25,4 mm from the weld for all grades except grade L175.

9.8

Thread identification

At the manufacturer’s option, any pipe threads which conform to the threading and gauging stipulation given in the latest edition of IS0 10422 may be identified by stamping or stencilling the product adjacent to such thread, with the manufacturer’s name or mark, the size and the letters LP to indicate the type of thread. For example,

nominal

size 6 IS0 line pipe threads

may be marked:

X 104226LP If the product omitted.

9.9

is clearly marked elsewhere

with the manufacturer’s

identification,

his name or mark may be

Thread certification

The use of the letters as provided in 9.7 shall constitute a certification by the manufacturer that the threads so marked comply with the requirements stipulated in the latest edition of IS0 10422, but should not be construed by the purchaser as a representation that the product so marked is, in its entirety, in accordance with any IS0 Standard.

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



73

0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

9.10 Pipe processor

markings

Pipe heat treated by a processor other than the original pipe manufacturer shall be marked as stipulated in 9.1 to 9.7. The processor shall remove any identity which is not indicative of the new condition of the product as a result of heat treating (i.e. prior grade identity, original pipe manufacturer’s name or logo).

10 Protective

coatings

Unless otherwise ordered, pipe shall be given an external coating to protect it from rusting in transit. attempt should be made to make these coatings smooth, hard to the touch, and with minimum sags.

An

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

NOTE 20 If bare pipe or specially coated pipe is desired, the purchase order should so state. For special coatings, the purchase order should state further whether the coating is to be applied to the full length or whether a certain specified distance from the end is to be left uncoated. Unless otherwise specified, such bare ends are commonly given a coating with oil for protection in transit.

74



0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

Annex A (normative) Specification A.1

for welded jointers

Method

Welding of any type that uses deposited filler metal and is generally recognized as sound practice shall be permitted unless the purchaser specifies a particular method. Welding procedures, and welders and welding machine operators (hereafter operators) shall be qualified in accordance with API Standard 1104. Copies of the welding procedure specification and procedure qualification record shall be provided to the purchaser upon request.

A.2

Workmanship

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

The ends of the pipe to be welded together shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements of the procedure used. Pipe weld seams (straight, helical or strip) shall be staggered between 51 mm and 203 mm unless specified otherwise by the purchaser. The completed jointers shall be straight within the limits specified in 7.6.6. Each weld shall have a substantially uniform cross section around the entire circumference of the pipe. At no point shall its crowned surface be below the outside surface of the parent metal nor shall it rise above the latter by more than 3,18 mm if submerged arc-welded, or by more than I,59 mm if welded by another process.

A.3

Marking

Each jointer

A.4

shall be marked to identify

Non-destructive

the welder or operator,

using paint stencil.

testing

The girth welds of jointers shall be 100 % radiographed in accordance with the procedures and standards of acceptability in API Standard 1104. Jointer welds failing to pass this radiographic examination may be repaired and re-radiographed in accordance with the procedures and acceptance criteria of API Standard 1104. NOTE 21 See also 7.6.7 for length requirements


on jointers.


IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Annex B (normative) Repair welding

procedure

B. 1 General All repair welds shall be made in the flat position according to a qualified procedure and by a welding machine operator (hereafter operator) or repair welder qualified in a flat position, as specified in B.2. Repair welds may be made by one of the following methods: -

automatic submerged arc; automatic or semi-automatic gas metal arc; manual shielded metal arc using low hydrogen

electrodes.

All welding materials shall be properly handled and stored in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations so as to preclude moisture or other contamination. Test welds may be made on either plate stock or pipe stock at the option of the manufacturer. The manufacturer shall maintain a record of the welding procedure and procedure qualification test results; copies of the welding procedure specification and procedure qualification record shall be provided to the purchaser upon request.

B.2

Repair welding

procedure

qualification

Welding procedures shall be qualified by preparing and testing welds in accordance with this annex B. At the option of the manufacturer, the tests specified in the latest issue of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX may be substituted herein. For the purpose of this annex, the term automatic welding includes both machine welding and automatic welding as defined in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX.

B.2.1

Essential

variables

An existing procedure shall not be applicable and new procedure following essential variables is changed beyond the stated limits. B.2.1.1

Welding

be qualified

when

any of the

process

a) A change

in the welding

procedure

b) A change

in the method

(i.e. manual to semi-automatic).

B.2.1.2

shall

(i.e. submerged

arc to gas metal arc).

Pipe material

a) A change in grade category. When different alloying systems are used within one grade category, alloying composition shall be separately qualified. Grade categories are as follows: -

SMYS I290 N/mm2; SMYS > 290 N/mm*, but < 450 N/mm*; each grade with SMYS 2 450 N/mm*.

b) Within

76

each grade category,


a thicker material

than the material

qualified.

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


each

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

c) Within the grade category and thickness range, a carbon equivalent (CE) based on product analysis for the material to be repaired which is more than 0,04 % greater than the CE of the material qualified, where Mn

Cr+Mo+V 5

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

cE=c+6+

B.2.1.3

Welding

+ Ni+Cu 15

materials

a) A change in filler metal classification. b) A change in electrode

diameter.

c) A change of more than 5 % in the composition

of shielding

d) A change of more than 10 % in the flow rate of shielding e) A change B.2.1.4

in submerged

Welding

arc-welding

gas.

flux from one designation

to another.

parameters

a) A change in the type of current b) A change

gas.

(i.e. AC instead of DC).

in polarity.

c) For automatic and semi-automatic welding, schedules of welding current, voltage and speed may be established to cover ranges of wall thicknesses. Within the schedule, appropriately selected points shall be tested to qualify the entire schedule. Thereafter, a new qualification is required if there is a deviation from the qualified schedule greater than: 1) 10 % in amperage; 2) 7 % in voltage; 3) 10 % in travel speed for automatic B.2.1.5

Weld bead

For manual B.2.1.6

and semi-automatic

b) The addition

B.2.2.1

at a pipe temperature of deletion

Mechanical Number

Two specimens B.2.2.2

welding,

a change in bead width greater than 50 %.

Preheat and post weld heat treat

a) Repair welding

B.2.2

welding.

lower than the pipe temperature

of the qualification

test.

of post weld heat treatment.

testing of tests

of each type are required

Transverse

from each test.

tensile test

The transverse tensile test specimen shall be approximately 38 mm wide and shall have the transverse butt weld perpendicular to the longitudinal axis at the centre of the test specimen (see figure B.1). The weld reinforcement shall be removed from both faces. The ultimate tensile strength shall be at least equal to the minimum specified for the pipe grade.



0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

Dimensions

A-

in millimetres

Specimen edges shall be machined

R I,59 max.

-Wall

252.4 min. Weld reinforcementshallbe removed fromboth

Figure B.l - Transverse

B.2.2.3

Transverse

guided

thickness (73

-I

faces

tensile test specimen

bend test

The transverse guided bend test specimens shall conform to figure B.2. The weld shall be made in a groove as shown. Each specimen shall be placed on the die with the weld at mid-span, and shall be bent approximately 180” in a jig substantially in accordance with figure 6 in 8.10.5 and table B.l, with the exposed surface of the weld in tension. The bend test shall be considered acceptable if no crack or other defect exceeding 3,18 mm in any direction is present in the weld metal or base metal after bending. Cracks which both originate along the edges of the specimen during testing and measure less than 6,35 mm in all directions shall not be considered. Dimensions A-

in millimetres

Specimenedgesmaybeoxygen cutandmay alsobemachined

/ I

r 4

3

R 1.59 max.

I

152.4 min. Weld reinforcementshallbe

Figure B.2 - Transverse

1

removed

guided-bend

test specimen

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

78



IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Table B.l - Guided-bend

test jig dimension

(see figure 6 and 8.10.5) Pipe grade’)

L210, L275, L290 Radius of male member, RA Radius of female member, RB Width of male member, A Width of groove in female member, B

L320

L360, L390 4T

3 I/2 T

3T 4 T + I,6 mm

4 l/2 T + I,6 mm

8 T + 3,2 mm

4 l/2 T

5 T + I,6 mm

9T

10 T + 3,2 mm

9 T + 3,2 mm

L485, L555 5T

5 l/2 T + I,6 mm

8T

7T

6T

L415, L450

6 T + I,6 mm 10 T

11 T +3,2 mm

12 T + 3,2 mm

T = specified wall thickness of the pipe

1) For intermediate grades of pipe, the above dimensions of the bending jig shall conform to those shown for the next lower grade or shall be proportional thereto.

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

B.2.2.4

Nick-break

test

The nick-break specimens shall conform to figure B.3. The weld shall be made in a groove as shown. Each specimen shall be saw-notched from both edges at the centre of the weld and shall be broken by pulling or hammer blows at the centre of one end. The exposed surface of the specimen shall be visually examined, and shall be considered acceptable if it meets the following criteria. a) No gas pockets exceeding

I,59 mm in any direction.

b) Not more than one gas pocket of any size for specified

wall thickness

c) Not more than two gas pockets of any size for specified

wall thicknesses

d) Not more than three gas pockets of any size for specified e) To be acceptable, slag inclusions shall be separated appear > 1,59 mm in width or > 4,76 mm in length.

I6,35

wall thickness

mm.

I 12,7 mm, but > 6,35 mm. > 12,7 mm.

by at least 12,7 mm of sound

metal and shall not

Dimensions

L

Saw cut

152,4 min.

Figure 8.3 - Nick-break


in millimetres

4

test specimen


0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E) --``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

B.3

Welding

6.3.1

personnel

performance

qualification

Qualification

B.3.1.1 Each repair welder and operator is required to qualify. A repair welder or operator qualified on one grade category is qualified for any lower grade category provided the same welding process is used. B.3.1.2

Testing

For qualification, tests:

a repair welder

or operator

B.3.1.2.1

Film radiographic

B.3.1.2.2

Two transverse

guided

B.3.1.2.3

Two nick-break

tests per B.2.2.4.

B.3.1.3

examination

shall produce

welds

which

are acceptable

in the following

per 8.10.11.

bend tests per B.2.2.3.

Test failures

If one or more of the tests in B.3.1.2 fail to meet the specified requirements, the welder or operator may make one additional qualification weld. If that weld fails one or more of the tests in B.3.1.2, the welder or operator is disqualified. No further retests shall be permitted until the welder has completed additional training.

B.3.2

Requalification

Requalification

in accordance

with B.3.1 is required

under the following

B.3.2.1

One year has elapsed since the last prior applicable

qualification.

B.3.2.2

The individual

procedures

B.3.2.3

There is reason to question

has not been welding

using qualified

the individual’s

ability.

circumstances:

i / I /

for a period of three months.

! I I !

j I P , I i

i L i i I

i I i I

I ,

1 I i ! i t

80



1

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Annex C (normative) Couplings C.l

Material

Couplings for grades L210 and L240 pipe shall be seamless and shall be made of a grade of material at least equal in mechanical properties to that of the pipe. Couplings for grade L175 pipe shall be seamless or welded, and shall be made of steel. By agreement between the interested parties, welded couplings may be supplied on pipe outside diameters 2 355,6 mm, if the couplings are properly marked.

C.2

Tensile test

A tensile test shall be made on each cast of steel from which couplings are produced, and the coupling manufacturer shall maintain a record of such tests. This record shall be open to inspection by the purchaser. If such test is made on finished couplings, either round specimens or strip specimens in accordance with IS0 6892, shall be used, at the option of the manufacturer.

C.3

Dimensions

Couplings

shall conform

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

NOTE 22 Couplings

C.4

covered

to the dimensions

and tolerances

by table C.l are applicable

shown

to either threaded

in table C.l and figure or extra-strong

threaded

1. pipe.

Threading

Coupling threads, gauging practice and thread inspection shall conform to the requirements of the latest edition of IS0 10422. Couplings shall not be expanded to provide the required taper for threads.

C.5

Inspection

Couplings shall be free from blisters, pits, cinder marks and other efficiency of the coupling or break the continuity of the thread.

defects

which

would

impair

the



IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Table

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Nominal size designation

C.l - Coupling

Outside diameter of coupling W”

dimensions, (see figure

Minimum

length

masses I)

Diameter of recess Q m II,9 15,3 18,8 22,9 28,3

II 8 II '4 318 II 2 31,4

mm 14,3 18,3 22,2 27,0 33,4

NL mm 27,0 41,3 41,3 54,0 54,0

1 1 II4 1 I/2 2 2 I/2

40,o 52,2 55,9 73,0 85,7

66,7 69,8 69,8 73,0 104,8

35,0 43,8 49,9 62,7 75,4

3 3 l/2 4 5

101,6 117,5 132,l 159,9

108,O Ill,1 114,3 117,5

91,3 104,o 116,7 143,7

6 8 I( 1 1:!

187,7 244,5 298,4 355,6

123,8 133,4 146,0 155,6

170,7 221,5 275,4 326,2

11ID If SD It SD 2( ID

381,0 431,8 482,6 533,4

161,9 171,4 181,0 193,7

358,0 408,8 459,6 510,4

1 ) Tolerance

on outside

diameter

and tolerances

W: 2 1 %

82



Width

of bearing face b mm

Or8 Or8 68 I,6 I,6 2,4 2,4 2,4

32 48 4,8 4,8 6,4

64 64 64

Calculated coupling mass kg 0,02 0,04 0,06 0,ll 0,15 0,25 0,47 0,41 0,84 I,48 I,86 2,69 3,45 4,53

93 93

5,87 IO,52 14,32 22,37

9,5 93 93 93

20,81 23,35 30,20 36,03

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Annex D (normative) Supplementary By agreement supplementary

between the interested parties requirements shall apply.

Supplementary

requirement

requirements

and when

specified

on the purchase

order the following

1 (SRI)

Colour identification SRI.1

Grade L320 and higher, pipe outside diameters accordance with the colour code given in SR1.3.

2 114,3 mm

SRI.2 The manufacturer shall apply a spot of paint of (approximately) the inside surface at one end of each length of pipe. SRI.3

The grade identification

colours

Supplementary Non-destructive

requirement testing

SR2.1 Supplementary

be identified

by colour

50 mm of the appropriate

colour

in

on

are as follows:

Grade

Colour

L320 L360 L390 L415

Black Green Blue Red White Purple Yellow

L450 L485 L555

I

shall

I---

I

2 (SR2)

of seamless non-destructive

line pipe testing

Seamless pipe shall be inspected full length for longitudinal defects by either magnetic particle inspection or by ultrasonic or electromagnetic methods. The location of the equipment in the mill shall be at the discretion of the manufacturer; however, the non-destructive testing must take place after all heat treating and expansion operations, if performed, but may take place before cropping, bevelling, and end sizing.

SR2.2 Magnetic When magnetic surface shall be determined and be considered a

particle

inspection

particle inspection is employed to inspect for longitudinal defects, the entire outside inspected. The depth of all imperfections revealed by magnetic particle inspection shall be when found to be greater than 12,5 % of the specified wall thickness the imperfection shall defect. Pipe containing defects shall be disposed of in accordance with G-4.

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



83

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

SR2.3 Ultrasonic

0 IS0

or electromagnetic

inspection

a) Equipment Any equipment utilizing uninterrupted inspection be of sufficient sensitivity b) Reference

the ultrasonic or electromagnetic principles and capable of continuous of the entire outer surface of the pipe or tube may be used. The equipment to indicate defects and shall be checked as prescribed in SR2.3 b).

and shall

standards

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

A reference standard having the same nominal diameter and thickness as the product being inspected shall be used to demonstrate the effectiveness of the inspection equipment and procedures at least once every working turn. The reference standard may be of any convenient length as determined by the manufacturer. It shall be scanned by the inspection unit in a manner simulating the inspection of the product. For ultrasonic inspection, the reference standard shall contain a machined notch as specified in figure D.l a). For electromagnetic inspection, the reference standard shall contain either a machined notch Isee figure D.l a)] or a 3,2 mm drilled hole [see figure D.l b)l.

Dimensions

in millimetres

a) Notch

i b) Orllled hole

Figure D.l - Reference

standards

The notch shall be in the outer surface of the reference standard and parallel to the longitudinal axis of the pipe or, at the option of the manufacturer, may be oriented at such an angle as to optimize,the detection of anticipated defects. k The depth of notch, less than 0,30 mm.

h, shall be 12,5 % of the nominal

wall thickness

of the pipe being inspected,

but not

For ultrasonic and eddy current test the length of notch at full depth, L, shall be at least twice the width the scanning head.



of

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

For diverted flux the length of notch shall be as required by the equipment reproducible signal when the reference standard is passed through the equipment speed for the pipe being inspected. Three passes through the equipment shall reproducibility.

design to provide a at the inspection line be required to insure

The 3,2 mm hole shall be drilled radially through the wall of the reference standard. The inspection equipment shall be adjusted to produce a well-defined indication when the reference standard is scanned by the inspection unit. c) Acceptance

limits

Any imperfection that produces a signal greater than the signal received from the reference standard shall be considered a defect unless it can be demonstrated by the manufacturer that the imperfection does not exceed the provisions of G.3. Pipe containing defects shall be given one of the dispositions specified in G.4. NOTES 23 The reference standards defined above are convenient standards for calibration of non-destructive testing equipment. The dimensions of these standards should not be construed as the minimum size imperfection detectable by such equipment. 24 Reference standards other than the specific notch described above may be used by agreement interested parties. SR2.4

Marking

Pipe non-destructively

Supplementary

inspected

requirement

Fracture toughness

testing

in accordance

with this supplementary

requirement

The following

shall be marked SR2.

3 (SR3) (Charpy) of pipe outside

diameters

2 114,3 mm

SR3.1 The manufacturer is responsible for the performance of Charpy-V-notch ASTM A 370. Either one or both toughness criteria (A-shear area or B-absorbed under this supplementary requirement. SR3.2 SR3.

between the

applies to all specified

limits and observed

tests in accordance with energy) may be specified

values to be used in connection

with this

For purposes of determining conformity with this SR3, an observed value shall be rounded off to the nearest whole number in accordance with the rounding off method of ASTM A 29. Further, limiting values as specified or calculated under this SR3 shall be expressed as whole numbers rounded, if necessary. SR3.3

Flattening

of the pipe wall is not permitted.

SR3.4 When the wall thickness does not permit machining full size 10 mm by IO mm specimens the largest size possible, of either 213 size or l/2 size shall be substituted (see table D.1). The selection of subsize specimens for pipe whose size permits full size specimens is permissible by agreement between the interested parties.

A.

Shear area

SR3A.l Three transverse per cast produced.

specimens

shall be taken from

one length of pipe from each lot of 100 lengths

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

The requirements be secured. The specimen notch oriented

of this SR3 are limited

to pipe sizes and thickness

from which

a l/2 size specimen

may

shall be oriented circumferentially from a location 90” from the weld, with the axis of the through the pipe wall thickness as shown in figure D.2.

SR3A.2 The specimens shall be tested at IO “C or at a lower temperature as specified by the purchaser. The average shear value of the fracture appearance of the three specimens shall not be less than 60 % and the all-cast average for each order per diameter size and grade shall not be less than 80 %. Table D.l - Minimum Outside

wall thickness

Minimum

diameter full size specimen

mm 114,3 141,3 168,3 219,l 273,l 323,9 355,6 406,4 457,0 508,O 559,0 610,O 660,O 711,0 762,0 813,0 864,0 914,0 965,0 1016,O 1067,O 1118,0 1168,O 1219,0 1321,0 1422,0 1524,0 1626,0

for transverse

Charpy V-notch

wall thickness

specimens

for

2/3 size specimen

l/2 size specimen

mm

mm

mm

17,06 15,60 14,68 13,51 12,80 12,37 12,14 II,89 II,66 II,51 II,35 II,25 II,15 II,07 1 I,00 IO,95 IO,90 IO,85 IO,80 IO,74 IO,72 IO,70 IO,64 IO,62 IO,59 IO,54 IO,52 IO,46

13,74 12,27 II,30 IO,19 9,47 8,94 8,81 8,56 8,33 8,20 8,03 7,92 7,82 7,75 7,67 7,62 7,57 7,52 7,47 7,42 7,39 7,37 7,32 7,30 7,26 7,21 7,19 7,14

12,05 IO,59 9,60 8,51 7,80 7,37 7,14 6,88 6,65 6,50 6,35 6,25 6,15 6,07 5,99 5,94 5,89 5,84 5,79 5,74 5,72 5,69 5,64 5,61 5,59 5,54 5,51 5,46

SR3A.3 If the average of the three specimens from one cast does not meet the requirement of 60 % shear, the manufacturer may elect to repeat the tests on specimens cut from two additional lengths of pipe from the same cast. If such specimens conform to the specified requirements, all the lengths in the cast shall be accepted except the length initially selected for test. If any of the re-test specimens fail to pass this specified re-test requirement, the manufacturer may elect to test specimens cut from the individual lengths remaining in the cast. SR3A.4 The average shear value for a cast shall be the average of the original three specimens if this is 60 % or more; the combined average of the re-test specimens, provided the average of each group of three


--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

specimens is 60 % or more; or, in the event individual lengths are tested, the combined average of all groups of three specimens that meet 60 %. The all-cast average value is the combined average of the value established for each cast. SR3A.5 If the all-cast average of the order does not meet the requirement of 80 % shear, the manufacturer shall be responsible for replacement of such casts as may be necessary to bring the average shear area up to 80 %. SR3A.6 Alternatively, the manufacturer may elect to test two or more additional lengths from one or more of the casts. In determining the new cast average, the original test values may be discarded if the pipe length represented is rejected or the three or more individual values averaged. In any case, the new test values shall be incorporated into the value for the cast. SR3A.7 Specimens showing material defects or defective preparation, whether observed breaking, may be discarded and replacements shall be considered as original specimens.

before

or after

SR3A.8 Marking Pipe tested in accordance with this supplementary requirement shall be marked to indicate the type of test and the test temperature. Temperatures below 0 “C shall be preceded by the letter M (see note 25). Example

at 0 “C:

SRSA-OC

Example

at - 40 “C:

SR3A-M40C

B.

Absorbed

energy

SR3B.l The fracture toughness of the pipe shall be determined using Charpy V-notch impact test specimens in accordance with the latest edition of ASTM A 370 and the requirements of SR3A.1, except that test frequency shall be as indicated in SR3B.2. Purchaser shall specify, in whole numbers, both the test temperature and the minimum average absorbed energy for full size specimens. Specimens used for shear area determination determination of absorbed energy.

according

to SRSA, may

be additionally

used

for the

SR3B.2 Three transverse 100 lengths.

specimens shall be taken from one length of pipe from each lot of at maximum In no case a lot shall contain more than one cast.

SR3B.3 For acceptance, not the the and

the average absorbed energy of the 3 individual specimens from a length shall be less than the full size value specified by the purchaser. In addition, the lowest individual reading of three specimens shall not be less than 75 % of the specified value. When subsize specimens are used, individual readings and the average of the three readings are divided by the fractional specimen size compared with the full size acceptance criteria.

SR3B.4 Specimens breaking,

showing material defects or defective preparations, whether observed may be discarded and replacements shall be considered original specimens.

before

or after

In the event a set of test specimens fails to meet the acceptance criteria, the manufacturer may elect to replace the lot of material involved or alternatively to test two or more lengths from the same lot. If both of the new tests meet the acceptance criteria, then all pipe in that lot with the exception of the original selected length shall be considered to meet the requirement. Failure of either of the two additional tests shall require testing of each length in the lot for acceptance.

SR3B.5 Pipe complying with this supplementary requirement shall be marked to indicate the type of test, the specified (full size) minimum average absorbed energy and the test temperature. Example for 40 J at 0 “C:

SR3B-40J-OC

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

SR3B-27J-M40C

Example

for 27 J at - 40 “C:

Example

for both SR3A and SRSB 27 J at - 40 “C:

NOTE 25 M signifies

a minus temperature

Supplementary

requirement

Drop weight or higher

tear (DW)

SR4.1 Fracture determined requirements:

by

SR3AB-27J-M40C

(see SR3A.8 Marking).

4 (SR4)

testing

on welded

pipe with

toughness of pipe with outside the manufacturer using drop

outside

diameters

2 508 mm, grade L360

diameters 2 508 mm, grade L360 and higher, shall be weight tear test in accordance with the following

SR4.2 Two transverse specimen shall be taken from one length of pipe from each cast supplied in the order. The specimens shall be oriented circumferentially from a location 90” from the weld with the axis of the notch oriented through the pipe wall thickness as shown in figure D.2. The specimens shall be tested at 10 “C or at a lower temperature as specified by the purchaser. SR4.3 The test specimens, testing the latest edition of API RP 5L3.

procedures,

SR4.4 At least 80 % of the casts shall exhibit specified test temperature.

and rating

a fracture

NOTE 26 Due to manufacturing difficulties encountered offer materials in all grades that meet this requirement.

of the specimens

appearance

with thicker

shall be in accordance

with

shear area of 40 % or more for the

materials,

pipe producers

may not be able to

SR4.5 In the event the average value of the two specimens from the length selected to represent the cast is less than 40 %, the manufacturer may elect to establish the cast average by testing two specimens from each of two or more additional lengths of pipe in the cast. In establishing the new cast average, the manufacturer may elect to employ the combined average of the three or more tests; or to discard the first test, reject the pipe from which it was taken, and employ the combined average of the two or more additional tests. Alternatively, the manufacturer may elect to test all the pipe in the cast, in which case 80 % or more of the lengths tested and applied to the order must exhibit an average of 40 % or more shear. SR4.6 Specimens showing material defects breaking, may be discarded and replacements

or defective preparation, whether observed shall be considered as original specimens.

SR4.7 The manufacturer the above requirements.

for replacement

shall be responsible

before

or after

of such casts as may be necessary

to meet

SR4.8 Marking Pipe tested in accordance with this supplementary test and the testing temperature. Example:

requirements

shall be marked

SR40C

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

88



to indicate

the type of

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Longitudinalseampipe

Helical seampipe

Figure D.2 - Drop weight

Supplementary

requirement

End load compensation yield strength

tear (DWT) test specimen

5 (SR5)

for hydrostatic

test pressures

in excess of 90 % of specified

minimum

SR5.1 As a measure

to prevent distortion when testing at pressures equivalent to stresses in excess of 90 % of specified minimum yield strength, the manufacturer may apply a calculation to compensate for the forces applied to the pipe end which produce a compressive longitudinal stress. The calculation described below is based on Barlow’s formula (see 8.10.9.3) modified by a factor based on the maximum shear theory. The calculation may be applied only when testing in excess of 90 % of the specified minimum yield strength. The gauge pressure for testing may in no case be less than that calculated using Barlow’s formula at 90 % of specified minimum yield strength. NOTE 27 This calculation is an approximation of the effective hoop stress (S,) which is practical for application under mill pipe testing conditions. Other calculations provide closer approximations of effective hoop stress, but are complex and therefore impractical for application.

SR5.2 The test pressure calculated SR5.3 The hydrostatic test pressure the following metric formula:

s

E

p1 = 1000 D --2T

shall be rounded compensated

to the nearest 100 kPa. for pipe end loading

shall be calculated

according

to

_ PUAU A AI A,,

where

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



89

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

AI

A, AR

PI PR SE

D T

0 IS0

is the internal cross-sectional area of pipe, in square millimetres; is the cross-sectional area of pipe wall, in square millimetres; is the cross-sectional

area of ram, in square millimetres;

is the hydrostatic test pressure, in kilopascals; is the internal pressure on end sealing ram, in kilopascals; is the effective hoop stress, in megapascals, equal to a percentage strength; is the specified outside diameter, in millimetres; is the specified wall thickness, in millimetres.

SR5.4 The above formula may be manipulated appropriate to the manufacturer’s testing facility.

algebraically

of the specified

to provide

calculation

minimum

yield

in other

terms

SR5.5 Appropriate techniques for the control of effective hoop stress based on measurements of internal pipe and ram pressures vary according to hydrotester system design. The manufacturer shall provide a control technique appropriate to his installation.

requirement

Test certificates

for line pipe

6 (SR6)

SR6.1 The manufacturer shall deliver a certificate (in accordance with IS0 10474 - 3.1B) where this part of IS0 3183 is stated and where the following data, as applicable for each item for which this SR6 is specified on the purchase order are given. a) Specified

diameter,

wall thickness,

grade, process of manufacture,

and type of heat treatment

b) Chemical analyses (cast, product, control, and recheck) showing whose limits or reporting requirements are set in this specification

the weight

percent

c) Test data for all tensile tests required by this specification, including yield strength, strength, elongation. The type, size and orientation of specimens shall be shown. d) Fracture toughness test results (including specimen) where such testing is specified e) Minimum

hydrostatic

test pressure

test type and criteria, by the purchaser.

and the size, location

of all elements ultimate

tensile

and orientation

of

and duration.

f) For welded pipe for which non-destructive inspection of the weld seam is required by this part of IS0 3183, the method of non-destructive inspection employed (radiological, ultrasonic, electromagnetic, and/or magnetic particle) and the type and size of all penetrameters and/or reference standards used. g) For seamless pipe for which non-destructive inspection (see SR2) is specified by the purchaser, the method of inspection employed (ultrasonic, electromagnetic, or magnetic particle) and the type and size of the reference standard used. h) For electric-welded pipe, the minimum temperature for heat treatment of the weld seam. Where heat treatment is not performed, “No seam heat treatment” shall be stated on the certificate. i) Results of any supplemental

testing

required

such

by the purchaser.

SR6.2 The manufacturer shall establish and follow procedures for maintaining cast and lot identity of all pipes covered by this SR6. The procedures shall provide means for tracing any length of pipe or coupling to the proper cast and lot, and to all applicable chemical and mechanical test results.

90



--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Supplementary

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Supplementary

requirement

Non-destructive

testing

SR7.1 Supplementary

7 (SR7)

of welds in electric-welded non-destructive

pipe

testing

The weld in electric-welded pipe shall be inspected full ultrasonic or electromagnetic methods. The location of of the manufacturer; however, the non-destructive hydrostatic testing, expansion and rotary straightening cropping, bevelling, and sizing of pipe.

SR7.2 Equipment

length for surface and subsurface defects by either the equipment in the mill shall be at the discretion testing must take place after all heat treating, operations, if performed, but may take place before

and reference standards

The ultrasonic or electromagnetic inspection equipment requirements are given in 8.10.11.3.1 and the reference standards are described in 8.10.11.3.2. Details of the specific techniques (e.g. method, reference standards, transducer properties, sensitivity, etc.) shall be agreed upon between the interested parties for the implementation of this supplementary requirement.

SR7.3 Acceptance

limits and EMI inspection

Table 22 gives the height of acceptance limit signals in percent of height of signals produced by reference standards. An imperfection that produces a signal greater than the acceptance limit signal given in table 22 shall be classified as defect.

SR7.4 Disposition Defects shall be disposed of in accordance permitted. If a defect is removed by grinding, originally used.

with G.4.a), G.4.c), and G.4.d). Repair by welding is not the ground area shall be reinspected by the same method

SR7.5 Marking Pipe non-destructively

Supplementary

inspected

requirement

in accordance

with this SR7 shall be marked

SR7.

8 (SR8)

SR8.1 For pipe grades up to L485 inclusive, and the following

formula Mn

cE=c+7+

Cr+Mo+V 5

SR8.2 The elements equivalent

the carbon shall not exceed 0,43 %:

analysed

+ Ni+Cu 15 for product

equivalent

(CE 1 calculated

using product

analysis

in % analysis

shall

include

all elements

contained

in the carbon

formula.



--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Carbon equivalent

0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

Annex E (normative) Table Size designation

E.l - Guided

bend

test

jig dimensions Dimension mm

Wall thickness L320

L360

Grade L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

35,6 40,6 40,6 48‘3 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 459,7 40,6

40,6 40,6 48,3 48,3 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 383,5 459,7 40,6

40,6 48,3 48,3 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 266,7 320,O 383,5 459,7 551,2 40,6

40,6 48,3 55,9 55,9 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 383,5 551,2 660,4 48,3

40,6 48,3 55,9 55,9 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 383,5 459,7 551,2 792,5 48,3

48,3 55,9 55,9 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 223,5 266,7 320,O 459,7 551,2 550,4 792,5 55,9

40,6 48,3 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7

48,3 48,3 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 223,5 266,7 266,7

48,3 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O

55,9 55,9 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 223,5 266,7 320,O 383,5

55,9 55,9 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 383,5

55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 320,O 383,5 459,7

55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 459,7 660,4 792,5 792,5 792,5 66,O 66,O 66,O 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 383,5 459,7 660,4

320,O 383,5 459,7 40,6 40,6 48,3 55,9 55,9

320,O 383,5 551,2 40,6 40,6 48,3 55,9 66,O 78.7

383,5 459,7 551,2 40,6 48,3 55,9 55,9 66,O

459,7 551,2 660,4 48,3 48,3 55,9 66,O 78,7

459,7 551,2 792,5 48,3 55,9 55,9 66,O 78,7

787

78,7

767

551,2 792,5 792,5 55,9 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 94,o

792,5 792,5 792,5 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 Ill,8

T mm 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 12 314 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 16 16

4,4 4,8

52 56 64 7,l 7,9

84 8,7 93 IO,3 II,1 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2

4,8 52

L210 25,4 30,5 35,6 40,6 48,3 55,9 55,9 55,9 66,O 78,7 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 30,5 30,5

5,3 5,6

64 7,l 73

8,7 93 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 20,6 22,2 23,8 4,8 5,2

56 6,4 7,l 73

40,6 48,3 48,3 55,9 66,O 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 30,5 30,5 35,6 40,6 40,6

483

L245 L290 35,6 35,6 40,6 40,6 55,9 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 383,5 35,6 40,6 40,6 40,6 48,3 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 383,5 35,6 40,6 40,6 48,3 55,9 66.0

A,

66,O

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

92



IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Table E.l - (continued Size lesignation

T mm

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

Dimension mm

Wall thickness

8,7 93 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17.5 19,l 20,6 22,2 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 4,8

56 64 7,l 73 8,7 93 IO,3 11.1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25.4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31.8 5,6 6,4 7,l 73

67 93 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15.9


L210 55,9 66,O 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 25,4 35,6 40,6 40,6 48,3 55,9 55,9 78,7 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 383,5 30,5 40,6 40,6 48,3 55,9 55,9 66,O 78,7 94,0 Ill,8

L245 L290 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 383,5 459,7 551,2 35,6 40,6 48,3 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 459,7 459,7 551,2 40,6 48,3 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 157,5

A,

L320

L360

Grade L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

78,7 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 551,2 35,6 40,6 48,3 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 551,2 660,4 40,6 48,3 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5

78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 459,7 551,2 564,2 40,6 48,3 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 551,2 660,4 660,4 48,3 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5

94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 283,5 459,7 551,2 564,2 792,5 40,6 48,3 55,9 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 459,7 551,2 660,4 792,5 792,5 48,3 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O

94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 383,5 459,7 551,2 564,2 792,5 792,5 48,3 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 320,O 383,5 459,7 551,2 551,2 660,4 792,5 792,5 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O

94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 383,5 459,7 551,2 564,2 792,5 792,5 48,3 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 459,7 551,2 660,4 792,5 792,5 792,5 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O

Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 383,5 459,7 551,2 660,4 792,5 792,5 792,5 48,3 55,9 66,O 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 383,5 459,7 551,2 660,4 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 55,9 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5

132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 383,5 551,2 660,4 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 66,O 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188.0 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 383,5 459,7 551,2 662,9 792,5 792,5 792,5 792.5 792,5 792,5 66,O 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7


IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Table E.l - (continued) Size iesignatior

Wall thickness T mm

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24

17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8 33,3 34,9

56 64 7,l 73

87 93 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8 33,3 34,9 36,5 38,l 6,4 7,l 73 8,7 93 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l

Dimension mm L210 132,l 132‘1 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 30,5 35,6 40,6 48,3 55,9 55,9 66,O 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 35,6 40,6 48,3 55,9 55,9 66,O 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l

L245 L290 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 459,7 459,7 551,2 551,2 40,6 48,3 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 459,7 459,7 551,2 551,2 660,4 48,3 55,9 55,9 _ 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O

A,

L320

L360

Grade L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 551,2 551,2 660,4 40,6 48,3 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 551,2 551,2 640,4 640,4 48,3 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O

188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 551,2 551,2 660,4 792,5 48,3 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 551,2 551,2 660,4 792,5 792,5 55,9 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O

223,5 223,5 266,7 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 551,2 660,4 660,4 792,5 792,5 48,3 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 551,2 551,2 660,4 792,5 792,5 792,5 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5

223,5 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 459,7 551,2 551,2 660,4 792,5 792,5 792,5 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 551,2 551,2 660,4 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 55,9 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5

223,5 266,7 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 551,2 660,4 660,4 792,5 792,5 792,5 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 383,5 459,7 459,7 551,2 660,4 660,4 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 66,O 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 223‘5

266,7 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 551,2 660,4 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 55,9 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 383,5 459,7 459,7 551,2 660,4 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7

320,O 383,5 459,7 551,2 660,4 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 66,O 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 551,2 660,4 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 320,O

94



IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Table E.l - (continued) Size lesignation

Wall thickness T mm

24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 30 30 30 30

20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8 33,3 34,9 36,5 38,l 39,7 6,4 7,l 73 8,7 93 IO,1 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4

64 7,l 73 8,7 93 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 684 7,l 73

87

Dimension mm L210 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 383,5 35,6 40,6 48,3 55,9 55,9 66,O 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 36,6 40,6 48,3 55,9 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 36,6 40,6 48.3

A,

L245 L290 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 459,7 551,2 551,2 660,4 48,3 55,9 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 48,3 55,9 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 48,3 55,9 55,9

L320

L360

Grade L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 551,2 551,2 660,4 660,4 48,3 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 48,3 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 48,3 55,9 66,O

223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 459,7 459,7 551,2 551,2 660,4 660,4 792,5 55,9 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 320,O 55,9 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 55,9 55,9 66,O

266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 459,7 459,7 551,2 551,2 660,4 792,5 792,5 792,5 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 320,O 320,O 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 55,9 66,O 66,O

266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 551,2 551,2 660,4 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266.7 266,7 320,O 383,5 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 55,9 66,O 78,7

266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 459,7 459,7 551,2 660,4 660,4 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 66,O 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 55,9 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 55,9 66,O 78,7

66,O

66,O

78,7

78,7

767

78,7

320,O 320,O 383,5 459,7 459,7 551,2 660,4 660,4 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 383,5 383,5 66,O 78,7 78,7 940

383,5 459,7 551,2 551,2 660,4 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 792,5 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 551,2 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 459,7 459,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



95

0IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E) --``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Table E.l - (continued Size lesignatior

Wall thickness T mm

30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34

93 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 6,4 7,l 73 8,7 93 IO,3 II,1 1 I,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8

64 7,l 73 8,7 93 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4

F L210

55,9

66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 35,6 40,6 48,3 55,9 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 223,5 35,6 40,6 48,3 55,9 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O

Dimension mm L245 L290 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 48,3 55,9 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 48,3 55,9 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5

A,

L320

L360

Grade L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 48,3 55,9 66,O 66,O 78.7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 48,3 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5

78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 55,9 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 48,3 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7

94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 11 I,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 383,5 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O

94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 320,O 320,O 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O

94,0 Ill,8 111.8 132.1 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 459,7 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 111.8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320.0

Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 320,O 320.0 383,5 383,5 459,7 459,7 551,2 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 383,5

132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 459,7 459,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 144,8 157,5 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 459,7 551,2 660,4 660,4 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 381,0 383,5 383,5 459.7

I

/

I /

1 I I

b , I ,

/

/ j

/ 1

/

i i

f

1

I / i I i

F i

, I

/

*

i j I

96



[ i

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Table E.l - (continued) Size iesignation

Wall thickness T mm

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

34 34 34 34 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8

64 7,l 73 8,7 93 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8 7.9

EL7 93 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8 73

67 93 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7

Dimension mm L210 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 35,6 40,6 48,3 55,9 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 48,3 48,3 55,9 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,l 157,l 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 48,3 48,3 55,9 55,9 66,O 66,O

787

L245 L290 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 48,3 55,9 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,o

A,

L320

L360

Grade L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 48,3 55,9 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 94.0

266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 48,3 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8

320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O 383,5 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8

320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 383,5 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132.1

320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 55,9 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 283,5 383,5 459,7 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 ,266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 383,5 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l

383,5 459,7 459,7 459,7 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 459,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 459,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l

459,7 551,2 551,2' 660,4 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 551,2 551,2 660,4 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223‘5 223,5 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 459,7 551,2 551,2 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157.5

97



,

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Table Size designation

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 46 46 46

E.l - bmrinuedl

Wall thickness

Dimension mm

T mm

L210

14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8 8,7 93 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8 8,7 93 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8 8,7 985 IO,3

78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 48,3 55,9 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 188,O 223,5 48,3 55,9 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 188,O 223,5 48,3 55,9 553

A,

L245 L290 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 66,O 66,O

L320

L360

Grade L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 66,O 66,O

78,7

787

132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 66,O 78,7 78,7

132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 78,7 78,7 940

132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O 383,5 78,7 94,0 90

157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 78,7 94,0 94,o

157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 383,5 459,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320.0 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8

188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 459,7 551,2 551,2 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,; 459,7 459,7 551,2 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 408,9 383,5 459,7 459,7 551,2 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l

98



0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

Table Size lesignation

Wall thickness T mm

46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 56

E.l - (continued)

II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8

87 93 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8 93 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8 9.5

Dimension mm L210 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 188,O 223,5 48,3 55,9 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 55,9 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132.1 157,5 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,6 553

L245 L290 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7

66,O

A,

L320

L360

Grade L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,7 157,7 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94.0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 66.0

94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223‘5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 78.7

94.0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320.0 320,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223‘5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 78,7

Ill,8 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O 383,5 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266.7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O 383,5 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 940

Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O 383,5 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O 383,5 940

Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 383,5 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 94,o

132,l 157,5 157,5 _ 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 459,7 551,2 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 170,2 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 459,7 551,2 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 459,7 459,7 Ill,8

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

Table E.l - (continued Size lesignation

T mm

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 68

Dimension mm

Wall thickness

IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8 93 IO,3 II,1 II,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8 93 IO,3 II,1 1 I,9 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8 II,9

55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 188,O 55,9 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 188,O 55,9 55,9 66,O 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 188.0

L245 L290 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157.5 157,5 188,O 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 66,O 78,7 78,7 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188‘0 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 66,O 78,7 78,7 78,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 223,5 266,7

66,O

767

L210

A,

L320

L360

Grade L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 66,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 94,o

78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 78,7 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 940

94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O Ill,8

94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O Ill,8

94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266‘7 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O Ill,8

Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 Ill,8

132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 383,5 459,7 459,7 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 459,7 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7 459,7 132,l



IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Table E.l - (continued Size designation --``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 76 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

Dimension mm

Wall thickness T mm

L210

12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8 12,7 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8 14,3 15,9 17,5 19,l 20,6 22,2 23,8 25,4 27,0 28,6 30,2 31,8

66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 188,O 66,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 1321, 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 188,O 66,O 78.7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 78,7 94,0 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O


L245 L290 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 223,5 266,7 94,0 Ill,8 111.8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 223,5 266,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 223,5 266,7 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7

A,

L320

L360

Grade L390

L415

L450

L485

L555

94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 94,0 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 Ill,8 Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 223,5 266,7

94,0 Ill,8 132‘1 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 188,O 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 94,0 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7

Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O Ill,8 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 132,l 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O

Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O

Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O Ill,8 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 266,5 320,O 320,O

132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O 383,5 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O 383,5 132,l 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O 383,5 157,5 157,5 188,O 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O 383,5

157,5 188,O 188,O' 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 383,5 459,7 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 383,5 459,7 157,5 157,5 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 383,5 459,7 167,6 188,O 223,5 223,5 266,7 266,7 320,O 320,O 320,O 383,5 383,5 459,7


0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

Annex F (normative) Purchaser inspection F.l

Inspection

notice

Where the inspector representing the purchaser desires to inspect pipes reasonable notice shall be given of the time at which the run is to be made.

F.2

or witness

particular

tests,

Plant access

The inspector representing the purchaser, shall have unrestricted access at all times while work on the contract of the purchaser is being performed, to all parts of the manufacturer’s works which concern the manufacture of the pipe ordered. The manufacturer shall afford the inspector all reasonable facilities to satisfy himself that the pipe is being manufactured in accordance with this specification. All inspections should be made at the place of manufacture prior to shipment, unless otherwise specified on the purchase order, and shall be so conducted as not to interfere unnecessarily with the operation of the works.

F.3

Compliance

The manufacturer is responsible for complying with all of the provisions of this specification. purchaser may make any investigation necessary to satisfy himself of compliance by the manufacturer may reject any material that does not comply with this specification.

F.4

The and

Rejection

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Unless otherwise provided, material which shows defects on inspection subsequent to acceptance at the manufacturer’s works, or which proves defective when properly applied in service, may be rejected, and the manufacturer so notified. If tests that require the destruction of material are made, any product which is proven to have not met the requirements of the specification shall be rejected. Disposition of rejected product shall be a matter of agreement between the manufacturer and the purchaser.

102



IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Annex G (normative) Workmanship, G.l

Purchaser

examined

Workmanship

Imperfections manufacturer defects.

G.3.1

and shall be free of defects in the finished

condition.

inspection

When stated on the purchase

G.3

and repair of defects

Visual inspection

All pipes shall be visually

G.2

visual inspection,

order, the provisions

of annex F shall apply.

and defects

of the following types exceeding the specified criteria shall be considered shall take all reasonable precautions to minimize recurring imperfections,

defects. damage

The and

Dents

A pipe shall contain no dents greater than 6,35 mm, measured as the gap between the lowest point of the dent and a prolongation of the original contour of the pipe. The length of the dent in any direction shall not exceed one-half the pipe diameter. All cold-formed dents deeper than 3,18 mm with a sharp bottom gouge shall be considered as defect. The gouge may be removed by grinding.

G.3.2

Offset of plate edges

For pipe with seams shall 12,7 mm the welded pipe,

G.3.3

filler metal thicknesses I 12,7 mm, the radial not be greater than I,59 mm. For pipe with radial offset shall not be greater than 0,125 the radial offset of plate edges plus flash trim

Out-of-line

offset (misalignment) of plate edges in the weld filler metal welds having wall thicknesses over T or 3,18 mm whichever is smaller. For electricshall be no greater than I,52 mm.

weld bead for pipe with filler metal welds

Out-of-line weld bead (off-seam weld) shall not be cause for rejection provided complete fusion have been achieved as indicated by non-destructive testing.

G.3.4

Height of outside

and inside weld beads - submerged

The weld bead shall not extend amount listed in table G.I.

above the prolongation

Table G.l - Maximum Specified

wall thickness

(T )

surface

and

of the pipe more than the

of weld bead

Maximum

height

of weld bead

mm

mm T I12,70

3,18

T > 12.70

4,76

103

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


penetration

arc-welds

of the original

height

complete


0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

Weld beads higher than permitted by the requirements limits at the option of the manufacturer.

of this paragraph

may be ground

to acceptable

The height of the weld bead shall in no case come below a prolongation of the surface of the pipe (outside or inside the weld bead), except that contouring by grinding, otherwise covered in this part of IS0 3183 shall be permitted.

G.3.5

Height of flash of electric-welded

The outside

flash of electric-welded

I

pipe

pipe shall be trimmed

The inside flash of electric-welded pipe shall not extend surface of the pipe more than I,52 mm.

G-3.6 Trim of inside flash of electric-welded

to an essentially

flush condition.

above the prolongation

of the original

inside

pipe

The depth of groove resulting from removal of the internal flash of electric-welded pipe shall not be greater than the amount listed in table G.2 for the various wall thicknesses. Depth of groove is defined as the difference between the wall thickness measured approximately 25,4 mm from the weld line and the remaining wall under the groove. Table Specified

G.2 - Maximum

wall thickness

of trim

Maximum

(T )

depth of trim

mm

mm

6.3.7

depth

T 23‘8 3,8 c T c 7,6

0,lO T

T 2 7,6

0,05 T

0,38

The surface of cold formed welded pipe shall be examined visually to detect irregularities in the curvature of the pipe. When this examination fails to disclose mechanical damage as the cause of the irregular surface, but instead indicates that the irregular surface may be attributed to a hard spot, the hardness and dimensions of the area shall be determined. If hardness and dimensions exceed the afore-mentioned rejection criteria, the hard spot shall be removed.

Cracks and leaks

All cracks, sweats and leaks shall be considered

G.3.9

defects.

Laminations

Any lamination or inclusion extending into the face or bevel of the pipe and having a visually determined transverse dimension exceeding 6,35 mm is considered as defect. Pipe containing such defects shall be cut back until no lamination or inclusion is greater than 6,35 mm.

104

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


I / Ij. $i:

t i 1 i 1

!/ t /

Hard spots

Any hard spot having a minimum dimension > 50,8 mm in any direction and a hardness 2 35 HRC (HB 327) is rejectable. The section of pipe containing the hard spot shall be removed as a cylinder.

G.3.8

j I I t I 1 I’ I i


I_ I’ /I

1;

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Any lamination

in the body of the pipe that is both:

1) 2 19,l mm in the minor

dimension

2) 2 7 742 mm* in area is considered

and a defect.

Disposition of such defects shall be in accordance with G.4.3 or G.4.4. No specific inspection by the manufacturer is required unless the purchaser specifies special non-destructive testing on the purchase order. NOTE 28 A lamination

G.3.10

is defined

as an internal

metal separation

creating

layers generally

caused

by arcing

parallel to the surface.

Arc burns

Arc burns, defined as localized points of surface and pipe surface, shall be considered defects. NOTE 29 Contact marks, defined between the electrodes supplying

melting

between

electrode

or ground

as intermittent marks adjacent to the weld line, resulting from the electrical the welding current and the pipe surface, are not defects.

Disposition of pipe containing arc burns shall be in accordance grinding shall be subject to the following additional conditions.

with G.4 except that removal

contact

of defects by

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Arc burns may be removed by grinding, chipping or machining. The resulting cavity shall be thoroughly cleaned and checked for complete removal of damaged material by etching with a 10 % solution of ammonium persulfate or with a 5 % solution of nital. If removal of damaged material is complete the cavity may be merged smoothly into the original contour of the pipe by grinding, provided the remaining wall thickness is within specified limits.

G.3.11

Undercuts

Undercutting of submerged arc- or gas metal arc-welded pipe is the reduction in thickness of the pipe wall adjacent to the weld where it is fused to the surface of the pipe. Undercutting can best be located and measured visually. Minor undercutting on either the inside or the outside and is acceptable without repair or grinding.

of the pipe is defined

in G.3.11.1 and G.3.11.2 below

G.3.11.1

Maximum depth of 0,79 mm and not exceeding 12,5 % of the wall thickness with a maximum length of one half the wall thickness and not more than two such undercuts in any 0,30 m of the weld length.

G.3.11.2

Maximum

G.3.11.3

Undercutting

depth of 0,40 mm, any length. in excess of the above limit, shall be considered

a defect. Disposition

shall be as

follows: a) Undercut thickness

defects not exceeding 0,79 mm in depth shall be removed by grinding in accordance

and not exceeding with G.4 a).

12,5 % of the specified

b) Disposition of undercuts greater in depth than 0,79 mm or 12,5 % of the specified be in accordance with G.4 b), c) or d).

G.3.12

wall thickness

wall shall

Other defects

Any imperfection having a depth greater than 12,5 % of the specified surface of the pipe, shall be considered a defect.


wall thickness,

measured

from the


,

0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

G.4

Disposition

Pipe containing

of defects

a defect must be given one of the following

dispositions.

a) The defect shall be removed by grinding provided the remaining limits. Grinding shall be done in a workmanlike manner. b) The defect shall be repaired

by welding

c) The section of pipe containing

in accordance

wall thickness

with G.5 through

the defect shall be cut off within

is within

specified

G.8.

the limits of requirements

on length.

d) The entire pipe shall be rejected.

G.5

Repair of defects

a) Seamless

by welding

pipe and parent

metal of welded

pipes

The repair of defects in seamless pipe and parent metal of welded pipe is permissible except when the depth of defect exceeds 33% % of the specified wall thickness of the pipe and the length of that portion of the defect in which the depth exceeds 12,5 % is greater than 25 % of the specified outside diameter of the pipe, or when more than one repair is required in any length equivalent to 10 times the specified outside diameter of the pipe. Repairs shall be made in accordance with G.6. Repair welds shall be inspected by the magnetic particle method in accordance with 8.10.11.4 or by liquid penetrant or, by agreement between purchaser and manufacturer, other NDT methods may be used. b) Weld seam of welded

pipes

Defects in filler metal welds may be repaired at the discretion of the manufacturer. Such repairs shall be in accordance with G.7. Electric-welds may be repaired only by agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer; such repairs shall be in accordance with G.8. Repair welds shall be inspected by ultrasonic methods in accordance with 8.10.11.3.1 to 8.10.11.3.3 except that the equipment need not be capable of continuous and uninterrupted operation and, at the option of the manufacturer, repairs made by submerged arc-welding or by shielded metal arc-welding may alternatively be inspected by radiological methods in accordance with 8.10.11.2.1 to 8.10.11.2.9. c) Heat treated

pipes

When heat treated pipes have been repaired by welding, the need for, and type of, reheat treatment shall be by agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer, based on the effect of the repair on the structure and properties of the heat treated pipes.

G.6 Procedure

for repair by welding

of seamless

pipe and parent

metal of welded

The repair of defects in seamless pipe and parent metal of welded pipe shall conform requirements. Conformity to the repair procedure is subject to approval of the purchaser’s a) The defect shall be removed completely by chipping and/or thoroughly cleaned and, before welding, shall be inspected complete removal of the defect.

pipe

to the following inspector.

grinding and the resultant cavity shall be by magnetic particle methods to ensure

b) The minimum length of repair weld shall be 50,8 mm. Where the orientation repair weld shall be placed in the circumferential direction.

of the defect permits,

the

c) The repair weld shall be made either by automatic submerged arc-welding, gas metal arc-welding, or manual shielded metal arc-welding using low hydrogen electrodes. The metal temperature in the area to be repaired shall be a minimum of 10 “C. The welding procedure and performance shall be qualified in accordance with annex B. d) The repair weld shall be ground e) Repaired

to merge smoothly

pipe shall be hydrostatically

into the original

tested after repairing

contour

in accordance

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



of the pipe.

with 8.10.9.

0 IS0

G.7

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

Procedure

for repair of submerged


The repair of submerged arc- and gas metal arc-welds shall Conformance is subject to approval of purchaser’s inspector.

conform

to the following

requirements.

a) The defect shall be completely removed and the cavity thoroughly cleaned. Where multiple pass repairs are used, the size of the cavity shall be sufficiently large (at least 50,8 mm in length) to avoid coincidence of starts and stops of individual passes. b) The minimum length of each repair weld shall be 50,8 mm. The repair weld shall be made either by automatic submerged arc-welding, or manual shielded metal arc-welding using low hydrogen electrodes, and the welding procedure and performance shall be qualified in accordance with annex B. c) Each length of repaired

G.8

Procedure

pipe shall be tested hydrostatically

in accordance

with 8.10.9.

for repair of electric welds

The repair of electric-welds shall conform to the following requirements and shall include the weld zone which is defined for the purposes of repair as 12,7 mm on either side of the fusion line. Conformity to the repair procedure is subject to approval of the purchaser’s inspector. a) The weld zone defect shall be removed shall be thoroughly cleaned. b) The minimum at least 3 m.

completely

by chipping

and/or grinding

length of repair weld shall be 50,8 mm and individual

and the resultant

cavity

weld repairs shall be separated

by

c) The repair weld shall be made either by automatic submerged arc-welding, gas metal arc-welding, or manual shielded metal arc-welding using low hydrogen electrodes. The metal temperature in the area to be repaired shall be a minimum of 10 “C. The welding procedure and performance shall be qualified in accordance with annex B. d) When a repair weld is made through the full wall thickness, it shall include weld passes made from both the inside diameter and the outside diameter of the pipe. Starts and stops of the inside diameter and outside diameter repair welds shall not coincide. e) The repair shall be ground to merge smoothly maximum crown of I,52 mm. pipe shall be hydrostatically

contour

tested after repair in accordance

of the pipe and shall have a

with 8.10.9.

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

f) Repaired

into the original



IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Annex H (informative) Comparison

of steel grade designations

This table gives a comparison of steel grade designations specified in ANSI/API Spec. 5 L Ill. Steel grade (according to IS0 3183-1) L175 (Cl I, Cl II) L210 L245 L290 L320 L360 L390 L415 L450 L485 L555

defined

by this part of IS0 3183 against

Steel grade (according to ANSI/API Spec. 5 L) A 25 (Cl I; Cl II) A B X 42 X 46 X 52 X 56 X 60 X 65 x 70 X 80

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

108



those

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

0 IS0

Annex J (informative) Main differences The main differences

between

IS0 3183-1 and ANSI/API

Spec. 5L [I]

are as follows:

To SECTION 1 of ANSI/API

Spec. 5L

Scope -

TFL-pipe,

supplementary

-

In 1.1 “Coverage” the seventh paragraph relating to field welding was deleted. relating to Class I and Class II steels is mentioned in 7.2.1 (note 4) of IS0 3183-1.

-

Only metric units are used (1.2 “Metric

-

1.3 “Referenced

-

1.6 “Special

-

1.7 “Certification”

standards”

units and conversions”

was modified

was completed

Process of manufacture

The ninth

paragraph

was deleted).

(see clause 2 “Normative

references”).

The last sentence

properties

(IS0 10474; see clause 8.1).

Spec. 5L

in “definitions”

of 2.4 was inserted


(see 3.2) and in “manufacturing”

as separate sub-clause

(see clause 6).

6.6 “Traceability”.

Spec. 5L

and tests

values of ANSI/API

Grade designations

by an alternative

and material

This section was separated

The strength

SR7, was deleted.

processes” was deleted.


Mechanical

requirement

5L were rounded

are analogous

to the next (higher)

5 or 10 N/mm*.

to IS0 3183-2.

The elongation values are based on the proportional gauge length (L,, = 5,656). Therefore only one value per steel grade is fixed. These values were determined by using the API formula, converting the calculated values in accordance with IS0 2566-l and rounding non-integer values to the next higher integer. Therefore the “Elongation table” in Annex C was deleted.

Fig. 4.3 “Flattening

was deleted;

Test” was supplemented

In this part of IS0 3183 all requirements

IS0 3183-1 refers in 8.10.2 to IS0 6892 and ASTM A 370

by 8.5.1.2 in IS0 3183-1 for clarification.

concerning

inspection

and testing

are contained

in clause 8.

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Fig. 4.2 “Tensile Test Specimens” where those specimens are given.



0 IS0

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)


Spec. 5L

All hydrostatic test pressures of tables 6.1, 6.la and 6.2 (see tables 6, 7, 8 and 9) were newly considering the specified minimum yield strength values (see table 3).

To SECTION 6 of ANSI/API Dimensions,

computed

Spec. 5L

masses and lengths

-

The formula for mass-calculation with IS0 4200).

-

Symbols

was completed

by two further

for pipe mass per unit length were modified


digits (0,02466l5)

in 7.6.1 in accordance

in 7.6.4.

Spec. 5L

j I

Non-destructive

inspection

9.5 “Radiological

NDT reference

/ ,

standards”

supplemented

by reference

to IS0 1027 (see 8.10.11.2.4). I


Spec. 5L

[

1

Marking

L I

and coating

The symbols clause 9).

to be used for the manufacturing

process

and heat treatment

were

partly

modified

/

(see

i [

To Appendix

H of ANSI/API

1

Spec. 5L

i

Marking

instructions

for ANSI/API

licensees

, i /

This annex was deleted,

because it is not relevant to this International

Standard.

8

t 1.

Ir ‘i ”

i I r v

I

i ti

I

I I i, --``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

i L

110



i I

0 IS0

ISO3183-1:1996(E)

Annex K (informative Bibliography r’ [II

American November

National 1,1992.

Standard

ANSI/API

Spec.

5L-1993:

Specification

for

line

pipe;

40th

edition,

--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---



--``,,`,```````,`````,,,,,,`,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

IS0 3183-1:1996(E)

ICS

75.200; 77.140.75

Descriptors: petroleum industry, piping, fluid pipelines, oil pipelines, gas pipelines, pipes (tubes), steel tubes, specifications, materials chemical composition, tests, mechanical tests, mechanical properties, dimensions, manufacturing requirements, specifications, hydrostatic tests, chemical analysis, inspection, marking, designation, delivery condition. Price based on 111 pages



ISO 3183 1 Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries Steel Pipe

Recommend Documents